Iowa Administrative Bulletin

IOWA ADMINISTRATIVE BULLETIN

Published Biweekly VOLUME XXI NUMBER 4 August 12, 1998 Pages 305 to 408

CONTENTS IN THIS ISSUE

Pages 316 to 388 include ARC 8217A to ARC 8246A

ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, Noncompliance--college student aid,
9.13, 12.19, 16.9(4) ARC 8229A 316
Notice, Waivers or variances from rules, ch 13
ARC 8235A 317
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP
DEPARTMENT[21]

Filed, Commercial feed; pet food, chs 41, 42
ARC 8245A 367
Filed, Pseudorabies--swine, 64.154 to 64.158
ARC 8224A 367
ALL AGENCIES
Schedule for rule making 308
Publication procedures 309
Agency identificatin numbers 313
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193B]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, Noncompliance--college student aid,
2.7, 5.25, 6.9(4) ARC 8230A 318
Filed, Communications; waivers or variances
rules, 4.1(7), ch 9 ARC 8234A 368
CITATION OF ADMINISTRATIVE RULES 307
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Filed Emergency, Nitrous oxide inhalation
analgesia, 29.6 ARC 8246A 364
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA
DEPARTMENT OF[261]

Notice, Housing fund, 25.2, 25.5, 25.8
ARC 8222A 319
Notice, Enterprise zones, 59.1 to 59.13
ARC 8223A 320
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]"umbrella
Filed, Licensure and authorization fee,
14.30 ARC 8242A 370
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING
EXAMINING BOARD[193C]

Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, Signature requirements and unethical
or illegal conduct, 1.30(8), 4.8(5) ARC 8227A 328
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION
COMMISSION[567]

NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]"umbrella"
Notice, Iowa land recycling program and response
action standards, ch 137 ARC 8241A 328
Notice, Beneficial uses of waste tires, ch 219
ARC 8238A 351
Filed Emergency, Agricultural drainage wells,
50.4(1), 52.21(2) ARC 8239A 364
Filed, Coal combustion residue landfills, 103.7
ARC 8240A 370
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
Notice, State payment program, 153.51 to 153.59
ARC 8226A 354
Filed, Transitional Medicaid; home health specified
low-income Medicare beneficiaries, 75.1
ARC 8217A 372
Filed, Nursing facilities--electronic transmission
of resident assessments, 81.13(9)
ARC 8218A 373
Filed, Managed health care providers, 88.61 to
88.75 ARC 8219A 375
Filed Emergency After Notice, PROMISE JOBS--
nonregistered child care providers, 93.110(1)
ARC 8220A 365
Filed, Nonpayment of child support, 107.4(6),
107.5(2), 110.12, 110.36 ARC 8221A 383
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Filed, Internet advertising by broker-dealers,
investment advisers, broker-dealer agents, and
investment adviser representatives, 50.35
ARC 8225A 385
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]"umbrella"
Filed, Social work examiners, 280.1 to 280.4,
280.8 ARC 8236A 386
PUBLIC FUNDS--AVAILABILITY
Public Health Department[641]
Childhood lead prevention 315
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Notice of Public Funds Availability 315
PUBLIC HEARINGS
Summarized list 310
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
Notice, Weapons, 4.1, 4.4, 4.5(2), 4.9
ARC 8233A 360
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]"umbrella"
Notice, Recipients of nonprofit distributions,
20.11(6) ARC 8232A 361
Filed, Satellite terminals and gambling games at
racetracks and on excursion boats, 1.6(4),
5.1(5), 20.22 ARC 8231A 387
REAL ESTATE COMMISSION[193E]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]"umbrella"
Notice, E-mail and Internet; waivers or
variances from rules, 1.1, 1.24, ch 8
ARC 8228A 361
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
Notice Terminated, Constitutional amendment,
21.200(5) ARC 8244A 363
Notice Terminated, Counties and schools
conducting local sales and services tax elections,
21.803 ARC 8243A 363
SUPREME COURT
Decisions summarized 389
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
Filed, Operating procedure, 1.2(3)"a"
ARC 8237A 388
PUBLISHED UNDER AUTHORITY OF IOWA CODE SECTIONS 2B.5 AND 17A.6

__________________________________

PREFACE

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is published biweekly in pamphlet form pursuant to Iowa Code chapters 2B and 17A and contains Notices of Intended Action on rules, Filed and Filed Emergency rules by state agencies.
It also contains Proclamations and Executive Orders of the Governor which are general and permanent in nature; Economic Impact Statements to proposed rules and filed emergency rules; Objections filed by Administrative Rules Review Committee, Governor or the Attorney General; and Delay by the Committee of the effective date of filed rules; Regulatory Flexibility Analyses and Agenda for monthly Administrative Rules Review Committee meetings. Other "materials deemed fitting and proper by the Administrative Rules Review Committee" include summaries of Public Hearings, Attorney General Opinions and Supreme Court Decisions.
The Bulletin may also contain Public Funds Interest Rates [12C.6]; Workers' Compensation Rate Filings [515A.6(7)]; Usury [535.2(3)"a"]; Agricultural Credit Corporation Maximum Loan Rates [535.12]; and Regional Banking--Notice of Application and Hearing [524.1905(2)].
PLEASE NOTE: Italics indicate new material added to existing rules; strike through letters indicate deleted material.
KATHLEEN K. BATES, Administrative Code Editor Telephone: (515)281-3355
ROSEMARY DRAKE, Assistant Editor (515)281-7252
Fax: (515)281-4424
SUBSCRIPTION INFORMATION

Iowa Administrative Bulletin

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin is sold as a separate publication and may be purchased by subscription or single copy. All subscriptions will expire on June 30 of each year. Subscriptions must be paid in advance and are prorated quarterly as follows:
First quarter July 1, 1998, to June 30, 1999 $244.10 plus $12.21 sales tax
Second quarter October 1, 1998, to June 30, 1999 $185.00 plus $9.25 sales tax
Third quarter January 1, 1999, to June 30, 1999 $125.00 plus $6.25 sales tax
Fourth quarter April 1, 1999, to June 30, 1999 $ 65.00 plus $3.25 sales tax
Single copies may be purchased for $19.00 plus $0.95 tax. Back issues may be purchased if the issues are available.
Iowa Administrative Code

The Iowa Administrative Code and Supplements are sold in complete sets and subscription basis only. All subscriptions for the Supplement (replacement pages) must be for the complete year and will expire on June 30 of each year.
Prices for the Iowa Administrative Code and its Supplements are as follows:
Iowa Administrative Code - $1,119.00 plus $55.95 sales tax
(Price includes 22 volumes of rules and index, plus a one-year subscription to the Code Supplement and the Iowa Administrative Bulletin. Additional or replacement binders can be purchased for $10.90 plus $0.55 tax.)
Iowa Administrative Code Supplement - $393.50 plus $19.68 sales tax
(Subscription expires June 30, 1999)
All checks should be made payable to the Iowa State Printing Division. Send all inquiries and subscription orders to:
Customer Service Center
Department of General Services
Hoover State Office Building, Level A
Des Moines, IA 50319
Telephone: (515)242-5120
Schedule for Rule Making
1998

NOTICE
SUBMISSION DEADLINE


NOTICE PUB.
DATE


HEARING OR
COMMENTS 20 DAYS


FIRST
POSSIBLE ADOPTION DATE
35 DAYS


ADOPTED FILING DEADLINE


ADOPTED PUB.
DATE


FIRST
POSSIBLE EFFECTIVE DATE


POSSIBLE EXPIRATION OF NOTICE 180 DAYS


Dec. 26 '97


Jan. 14 '98


Feb. 3


Feb. 18


Feb. 20


Mar. 11


Apr. 15


July 13


Jan. 9 '98


Jan. 28


Feb. 17


Mar. 4


Mar. 6


Mar. 25


Apr. 29


July 27


Jan. 23


Feb. 11


Mar. 3


Mar. 18


Mar. 20


Apr. 8


May 13


Aug. 10


Feb. 6


Feb. 25


Mar. 17


Apr. 1


Apr. 3


Apr. 22


May 27


Aug. 24


Feb. 20


Mar. 11


Mar. 31


Apr. 15


Apr. 17


May 6


June 10


Sept. 7


Mar. 6


Mar. 25


Apr. 14


Apr. 29


May 1


May 20


June 24


Sept. 21


Mar. 20


Apr. 8


Apr. 28


May 13


May 15


June 3


July 8


Oct. 5


Apr. 3


Apr. 22


May 12


May 27


May 29


June 17


July 22


Oct. 19


Apr. 17


May 6


May 26


June 10


June 12


July 1


Aug. 5


Nov. 2


May 1


May 20


June 9


June 24


June 26


July 15


Aug. 19


Nov. 16


May 15


June 3


June 23


July 8


July 10


July 29


Sept. 2


Nov. 30


May 29


June 17


July 7


July 22


July 24


Aug. 12


Sept. 16


Dec. 14


June 12


July 1


July 21


Aug. 5


Aug. 7


Aug. 26


Sept. 30


Dec. 28


June 26


July 15


Aug. 4


Aug. 19


Aug. 21


Sept. 9


Oct. 14


Jan. 11 '99


July 10


July 29


Aug. 18


Sept. 2


Sept. 4


Sept. 23


Oct. 28


Jan. 25 '99


July 24


Aug. 12


Sept. 1


Sept. 16


Sept. 18


Oct. 7


Nov. 11


Feb. 8 '99


Aug. 7


Aug. 26


Sept. 15


Sept. 30


Oct. 2


Oct. 21


Nov. 25


Feb. 22 '99


Aug. 21


Sept. 9


Sept. 29


Oct. 14


Oct. 16


Nov. 4


Dec. 9


Mar. 8 '99


Sept. 4


Sept. 23


Oct. 13


Oct. 28


Oct. 30


Nov. 18


Dec. 23


Mar. 22 '99


Sept. 18


Oct. 7


Oct. 27


Nov. 11


Nov. 13


Dec. 2


Jan. 6 '99


Apr. 5 '99


Oct. 2


Oct. 21


Nov. 10


Nov. 25


Nov. 27


Dec. 16


Jan. 20 '99


Apr. 19 '99


Oct. 16


Nov. 4


Nov. 24


Dec. 9


Dec. 11


Dec. 30


Feb. 3 '99


May 3 '99


Oct. 30


Nov. 18


Dec. 8


Dec. 23


Dec. 25


Jan. 13 '99


Feb. 17 '99


May 17 '99


Nov. 13


Dec. 2


Dec. 22


Jan. 6 '99


Jan. 8 '99


Jan. 27 '99


Mar. 3 '99


May 31 '99


Nov. 27


Dec. 16


Jan. 5 '99


Jan. 20 '99


Jan. 22 '99


Feb. 10 '99


Mar. 17 '99


June 14 '99


Dec. 11


Dec. 30


Jan. 19 '99


Feb. 3 '99


Feb. 5 '99


Feb. 24 '99


Mar. 31 '99


June 28 '99


Dec. 25


Jan. 13 '99


Feb. 2 '99


Feb. 17 '99


Feb. 19 '99


Mar. 10 '99


Apr. 14 '99


July 12 '99


Jan. 8 '99


Jan. 27 '99


Feb. 16 '99


Mar. 3 '99


Mar. 5 '99


Mar. 24 '99


Apr. 28 '99


July 26 '99



PRINTING SCHEDULE FOR IAB




ISSUE NUMBER


SUBMISSION DEADLINE


ISSUE DATE


6


Friday, August 21, 1998


Septemher 9, 1998


7


Friday, September 4, 1998


September 23, 1998


8


Friday, September 18, 1998


October 7, 1998



PLEASE NOTE:
Rules will not be accepted after 12 o'clock noon on the Friday filing deadline days unless prior approval has been received from the Administrative Rules Coordinator's office.
If the filing deadline falls on a legal holiday, submissions made on the following Monday will be accepted.

PUBLICATION PROCEDURES

TO: Administrative Rules Coordinators and Text Processors of State Agencies
FROM: Kathleen K. Bates, Iowa Administrative Code Editor
SUBJECT: Publication of Rules in Iowa Administrative Bulletin
The Administrative Code Division uses Interleaf 6 to publish the Iowa Administrative Bulletin and can import documents directly from most other word processing systems, including Ami Pro, Microsoft Word, Professional Write, Word for Windows (Word 7 or earlier), and WordPerfect.
1. To facilitate the processing of rule-making documents, we request a 3.5" High Density (not Double Density) IBM PC-compatible diskette of the rule making. Please indicate on each diskette the following information: agency name, file name, format used for exporting, and chapter(s) amended. Diskettes may be delivered to the Administrative Code Division, 4th Floor, Lucas State Office Building or included with the documents submitted to the Governor's Administrative Rules Coordinator.
2. Alternatively, if you have Internet E-mail access, you may send your document as an attachment to an E-mail message, addressed to both of the following:
bcarr@legis.state.ia.us
kbates@legis.state.ia.us
Please note that changes made prior to publication of the rule-making documents are reflected on the hard copy returned to agencies by the Governor's office; diskettes are returned unchanged.
Your cooperation helps us print the Bulletin more quickly and cost-effectively than was previously possible and is greatly appreciated.

PUBLIC HEARINGS

To All Agencies:
The Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to request that Agencies comply with Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b" by allowing the opportunity for oral presentation (hearing) to be held at least twenty days after publication of Notice in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin.

AGENCY


HEARING LOCATION


DATE AND TIME OF HEARING


ARTS DIVISION[222]




Policies and programs,
amend chs 1, 2, 6, 18, 20;
adopt chs 3, 4; rescind chs 5, 7,
8, 10 to 14, 21, 24, 25
IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8193A


Director's Conference Room
Third Floor West
State Historical Bldg.
600 E. Locust St.
Des Moines, Iowa


August 18, 1998
10 a.m.


CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]




Sex offender management
and treatment,
ch 38
IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8213A
(See also ARC 8214A)


Conference Room
523 E. 12th St.
Des Moines, Iowa


August 18, 1998
9 to 11 a.m.


ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]




Housing fund,
25.2, 25.5, 25.8
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8222A


Main Conference Room
200 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


September 1, 1998
2 p.m.


Enterprise zones,
59.1 to 59.13
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8223A


Main Conference Room
200 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


September 1, 1998
3 to 4 p.m.


ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]




Land recycling and response
action standards,
ch 137
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8241A


Conference Room--4th Floor
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


September 1, 1998
1:30 p.m.



Community Room
(next door to City Hall)
111 N. Main
Denison, Iowa


September 2, 1998
1:30 p.m.



Iowa Rooms A and B--3rd Floor
Iowa Hall
Kirkwood Community College
Cedar Rapids, Iowa


September 3, 1998
1:30 p.m.


Beneficial uses of waste tires,
ch 219
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8238A


Conference Room--5th Floor East
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


September 2, 1998
1 p.m.


HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]




State payment program,
153.51 to 153.59
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8226A


Conference Room--6th Floor
Iowa Bldg., Suite 600
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa


September 3, 1998
10 a.m.



Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Blvd.
Council Bluffs, Iowa


September 2, 1998
10 a.m.



Conference Room 3--5th Floor
Bicentennial Bldg.
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa


September 2, 1998
10 a.m.



Conference Room 104
City View Plaza
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa


September 3, 1998
10 a.m.



Liberty Room
Mohawk Square
22 N. Georgia Ave.
Mason City, Iowa


September 3, 1998
10:30 a.m.



Conference Room 2
120 E. Main
Ottumwa, Iowa


September 4, 1998
10 a.m.



Conference Room B--5th Floor
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa


September 2, 1998
9 a.m.



Conference Room 420
Pinecrest Office Bldg.
1407 Independence Ave.
Waterloo, Iowa


September 2, 1998
10:30 a.m.


LABOR SERVICES DIVISION[347]




General industry safety and health,
10.20
IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8209A


1000 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


August 20, 1998
9 a.m.
(If requested)


Construction safety and health,
26.1
IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8207A


1000 E. Grand Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


August 20, 1998
9 a.m.
(If requested)


NURSING BOARD[655]




LPN scope of practice,
6.2(5), 6.3, 6.5, 6.6
IAB 7/15/98 ARC 8145A


Ballroom
Kirkwood Civic Center Hotel
4th and Walnut
Des Moines, Iowa


September 2, 1998
7 p.m.


PHARMACY EXAMINERS BOARD[657]




Long-term care pharmacies,
ch 23
IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8212A


Conference Room
Omega Place--Suite 16
8515 Douglas Ave.
Des Moines, Iowa


September 14, 1998
1 p.m.


PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]




Volunteer health care provider
program,
88.1 to 88.3, 88.11
IAB 7/29/98 ARC 8197A
(See also ARC 8198A)


Conference Room--3rd Floor
Side 2
Lucas State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


August 18, 1998
10 to 11 a.m.


PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]




Weapons,
4.1, 4.4, 4.5(2), 4.9
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8233A


Conference Room--3rd Floor
Wallace State Office Bldg.
Des Moines, Iowa


September 3, 1998
9:30 a.m.


RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]




Recipients of nonprofit distributions,
20.11(6)
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8232A


Suite B
717 E. Court
Des Moines, Iowa


September 1, 1998
9 a.m.


REAL ESTATE COMMISSION[193E]




E-mail and Internet; waivers or
variances from rules,
1.1, 1.24; ch 8
IAB 8/12/98 ARC 8228A


Conference Room--2nd Floor
Department of Commerce Bldg.
1918 S.E. Hulsizer
Ankeny, Iowa


September 1, 1998
9 a.m.



CITATION of Administrative Rules

The Iowa Administrative Code shall be cited as (agency identification number) IAC
(chapter, rule, subrule, lettered paragraph, or numbered subparagraph).

441 IAC 79 (Chapter)

441 IAC 79.1(249A) (Rule)

441 IAC 79.1(1) (Subrule)

441 IAC 79.1(1)"a" (Paragraph)

441 IAC 79.1(1)"a"(1) (Subparagraph)

The Iowa Administrative Bulletin shall be cited as IAB (volume), (number), (publication
date), (page number), (ARC number).

IAB Vol. XII, No. 23 (5/16/90) p. 2050, ARC 872A

AGENCY IDENTIFICATION NUMBERS

Due to reorganization of state government by 1986 Iowa Acts, chapter 1245, it was necessary to revise the agency identification numbering system, i.e., the bracketed number following the agency name.
"Umbrella" agencies and elected officials are set out below at the left-hand margin in CAPITAL letters.
Divisions (boards, commissions, etc.) are indented and set out in lowercase type under their statutory "umbrellas."
Other autonomous agencies which were not included in the original reorganization legislation as "umbrella" agencies are included alphabetically in small capitals at the left-hand margin, e.g., BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101].
The following list will be updated as changes occur:
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]
Agricultural Development Authority[25]
Soil Conservation Division[27]
ATTORNEY GENERAL[61]
AUDITOR OF STATE[81]
BEEF INDUSTRY COUNCIL, IOWA[101]
BLIND, DEPARTMENT FOR THE[111]
CITIZENS' AIDE[141]
CIVIL RIGHTS COMMISSION[161]
COMMERCE DEPARTMENT[181]
Alcoholic Beverages Division[185]
Banking Division[187]
Credit Union Division[189]
Insurance Division[191]
Professional Licensing and Regulation Division[193]
Accountancy Examining Board[193A]
Architectural Examining Board[193B]
Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board[193C]
Landscape Architectural Examining Board[193D]
Real Estate Commission[193E]
Real Estate Appraiser Examining Board[193F]
Savings and Loan Division[197]
Utilities Division[199]
CORRECTIONS DEPARTMENT[201]
Parole Board[205]
CULTURAL AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[221]
Arts Division[222]
Historical Division[223]
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]
City Development Board[263]
Iowa Finance Authority[265]
EDUCATION DEPARTMENT[281]
Educational Examiners Board[282]
College Student Aid Commission[283]
Higher Education Loan Authority[284]
Iowa Advance Funding Authority[285]
Libraries and Information Services Division[286]
Public Broadcasting Division[288]
School Budget Review Committee[289]
EGG COUNCIL[301]
ELDER AFFAIRS DEPARTMENT[321]
EMPLOYMENT SERVICES DEPARTMENT[341]
Job Service Division[345]
Labor Services Division[347]
EMPOWERMENT BOARD, IOWA[349]
ETHICS AND CAMPAIGN DISCLOSURE BOARD, IOWA[351]
EXECUTIVE COUNCIL[361]
FAIR BOARD[371]
GENERAL SERVICES DEPARTMENT[401]
HUMAN INVESTMENT COUNCIL[417]
HUMAN RIGHTS DEPARTMENT[421]
Community Action Agencies Division[427]
Criminal and Juvenile Justice Planning Division[428]
Deaf Services Division[429]
Persons With Disabilities Division[431]
Latino Affairs Division[433]
Status of Blacks Division[434]
Status of Women Division[435]
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]
INSPECTIONS AND APPEALS DEPARTMENT[481]
Employment Appeal Board[486]
Foster Care Review Board[489]
Racing and Gaming Commission[491]
State Public Defender[493]
INTERNATIONAL NETWORK ON TRADE (INTERNET)[497]
LAW ENFORCEMENT ACADEMY[501]
LIVESTOCK HEALTH ADVISORY COUNCIL[521]
MANAGEMENT DEPARTMENT[541]
Appeal Board, State[543]
City Finance Committee[545]
County Finance Committee[547]
NARCOTICS ENFORCEMENT ADVISORY COUNCIL[551]
NATIONAL AND COMMUNITY SERVICE, IOWA COMMISSION ON[555]
NATURAL RESOURCES DEPARTMENT[561]
Energy and Geological Resources Division[565]
Environmental Protection Commission[567]
Natural Resource Commission[571]
Preserves, State Advisory Board[575]
PERSONNEL DEPARTMENT[581]
PETROLEUM UNDERGROUND STORAGE TANK FUND
BOARD, IOWA COMPREHENSIVE[591]
PREVENTION OF DISABILITIES POLICY COUNCIL[597]
PUBLIC DEFENSE DEPARTMENT[601]
Emergency Management Division[605]
Military Division[611]
PUBLIC EMPLOYMENT RELATIONS BOARD[621]
PUBLIC HEALTH DEPARTMENT[641]
Substance Abuse Commission[643]
Professional Licensure Division[645]
Dental Examiners Board[650]
Medical Examiners Board[653]
Nursing Board[655]
Pharmacy Examiners Board[657]
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]
RECORDS COMMISSION[671]
REGENTS BOARD[681]
Archaeologist[685]
REVENUE AND FINANCE DEPARTMENT[701]
Lottery Division[705]
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]
SEED CAPITAL CORPORATION, IOWA[727]
SESQUICENTENNIAL COMMISSION, IOWA STATEHOOD[731]
SHEEP AND WOOL PROMOTION BOARD, IOWA[741]
TELECOMMUNICATIONS AND TECHNOLOGY COMMISSION, IOWA[751]
TRANSPORTATION DEPARTMENT[761]
Railway Finance Authority[765]
TREASURER OF STATE[781]
UNIFORM STATE LAWS COMMISSION[791]
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]
VETERINARY MEDICINE BOARD[811]
VOTER REGISTRATION COMMISSION[821]
WORKFORCE DEVELOPMENT DEPARTMENT[871]
Labor Services Division[875]
Workers' Compensation Division[876]
Workforce Development Board and
Workforce Development Center Administration Division[877]
NOTICES

ARC 8229A
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542C.3, the Iowa Accountancy Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 9, "Permits to Practice," Chapter 12, "Procedure for Enforcement," and Chapter 16, "Public Records and Fair Information Prac-tices," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapters 9 and 12 outline procedures to be followed when the board receives a certificate of non-compliance from the College Student Aid Commission in accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. The amendment to Chapter 16 allows the board to share information regarding registrants with the College Student Aid Commission.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should be addressed to Glenda Loving, Accountancy Examining Board, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to glenda.loving@comm7.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new rule 193A--9.13(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193A--9.13(77GA,SF2170) Issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration--denial. The board shall deny the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those procedures, this rule shall apply.
9.13(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
9.13(2) The effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant or registrant.
9.13(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, upon the applicant or registrant.
9.13(4) Applicants and registrants shall keep the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
9.13(5) All board fees required for application, registration renewal or registration reinstatement must be paid by applicants or registrants, and all continuing education requirements must be met before a certificate of registration will be issued, renewed, or reinstated after the board has denied the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
9.13(6) In the event an applicant or registrant timely files a district court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
9.13(7) The board shall notify the applicant or registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, and shall similarly notify the applicant or registrant when the certificate of registration is issued or renewed following the board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193A--Chapter 9 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 542C.20 and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule 193A--12.19(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193A--12.19(77GA,SF2170) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of registration--student loan. The board shall suspend or revoke a certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those provisions, this rule shall apply.
12.19(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
12.19(2) The effective date of revocation or suspension of a certificate of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant or registrant.
12.19(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, and is directed to notify the licensee that the certificate of registration will be suspended, unless the certificate of registration is already suspended on other grounds. In the event a certificate of registration is on suspension, the executive secretary shall notify the registrant of the board's intention to revoke the certificate of licensure.
12.19(4) Registrants shall keep the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
12.19(5) All board fees required for registration renewal or registration reinstatement must be paid by registrants and all continuing education requirements must be met before a certificate of registration will be renewed or reinstated after the board has suspended or revoked a license pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
12.19(6) In the event a registrant timely files a district court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
12.19(7) The board shall notify the registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the suspension or revocation of a certificate of registration, and shall similarly notify the registrant when the certificate of registration is reinstated following the board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 4. Adopt new subrule 16.9(4) as follows:
16.9(4) Notwithstanding any statutory confidentiality provision, the board may share information with the college student aid commission for the sole purpose of identifying applicants or registrants subject to enforcement under 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 5. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193A--Chapter 16 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 22.11 and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ARC 8235A
ACCOUNTANCY EXAMINING BOARD[193A]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542C.3, the Iowa Accountancy Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt a new Chapter 13, "Waivers or Variances from Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
New Chapter 13 allows the board to consider a waiver or variance from administrative rules, provides registrants with the procedures necessary to request a waiver or variance and outlines the board's responsibilities when a request is submitted.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendment received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should be addressed to Glenda Loving, Accountancy Examining Board, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to glenda.loving@comm7.state.ia.us.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A and 542C.
The following amendment is proposed:
Adopt new 193A--Chapter 13 as follows:
CHAPTER 13

WAIVERS OR VARIANCES FROM RULES

193A--13.1(542C) Applicability. This chapter governs waivers or variances from board rules in the following circumstances: The board has exclusive rule-making authority to promulgate the rule from which the waiver or variance is requested or has final decision-making authority over a contested case in which waiver or variance is requested; and no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from which the waiver or variance is requested.
13.1(1) Board's authority. The board may grant a waiver of, or variance from, all or part of a rule, upon the criteria described in rule 13.2(542C).
13.1(2) Compliance with statute. No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
193A--13.2(542C) Criteria. A waiver or variance under this chapter may be granted only upon showing that:
1. Substantially equal protection of the public interest will be afforded by a means other than that prescript in the particular rule for which the variance or waiver is requested;
2. The waiver or variance will not harm other persons or will not adversely affect the public interest;
3. Because of the circumstances, either the requester is unable to comply with the particular rule without undue hardship or compliance with the particular rule would be unnecessarily and unreasonably costly and serve no public benefit; and
4. Provision of a waiver or variance under the circumstances would not adversely impact an overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
193A--13.3(542C) Request. A request for a waiver or variance must be submitted in writing to the board as follows:
13.3(1) License application. If the request relates to a license application, the request shall be made in accordance with the filing requirements for the license in question.
13.3(2) Contested case. If the request relates to a pending contested case, the request shall be filed in the contested case proceeding.
13.3(3) Other. If the request does not relate to a license application or a pending contested case, the request may be submitted to the board's executive secretary.
193A--13.4(542C) Elements. A request for waiver or variance shall include the following information where applicable:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the waiver or variance and the person's representative, if any.
2. The specific rule from which a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The nature of the waiver or variance requested, including any alternative means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the purpose of the rule.
4. An explanation of the reason for the waiver or variance, including all material facts relevant to grant the waiver or variance in question.
5. A description of any prior contact between the board and the requester relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the proposed waiver or variance, including a description of each affected license held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five years.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be affected by a grant of waiver or variance.
7. Any information known to the requester regarding the board's treatment of similar cases.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or variance.
9. Any necessary releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge to disclose relevant information to the board.
193A--13.5(542C) Ruling. The board shall respond in writing to all requests. The ruling shall include the reason for granting or denying the request and, if approved, the time period during which the waiver or variance is effective. The board may condition the grant of waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative means.
193A--13.6(542C) Public availability. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at the board office.
193A--13.7(542C) Voiding or cancellation. A waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The board may at any time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the board finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or variance has failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester has failed to comply with conditions set forth in the waiver or variance approval.
193A--13.8(542C) Violations. Violation of conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject to the same remedies or penalties.
193A--13.9(542C) Appeals. Any request for an appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and this chapter. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 542C.
ARC 8230A
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193B]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 544A.29, the Iowa Architectural Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 2, "Registration," Chapter 5, "Disciplinary Action," and Chapter 6, "PublicRecords and Fair Information Practices," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments to Chapters 2 and 5 outline procedures to be followed when the board receives a certificate of noncompliance from the College Student Aid Commission in accordance with 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. The amendment to Chapter 6 allows the board to share information regarding registrants with the College Student Aid Commission.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should be addressed to Glenda Loving, Architectural Examining Board, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to glenda.loving@comm7.state.ia.us.
These amendments are intended to implement 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Adopt new rule 193B--2.7(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193B--2.7(77GA,SF2170) Issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration--denial. The board shall deny the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those procedures, this rule shall apply.
2.7(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
2.7(2) The effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant or registrant.
2.7(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, upon the applicant or registrant.
2.7(4) Applicants and registrants shall keep the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
2.7(5) All board fees required for application, registration renewal or registration reinstatement must be paid by applicants or registrants, and all continuing education requirements must be met before a certificate of registration will be issued, renewed, or reinstated after the board has denied the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
2.7(6) In the event an applicant or registrant timely files a district court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
2.7(7) The board shall notify the applicant or registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, and shall similarly notify the applicant or registrant when the certificate of registration is issued or renewed following the board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 2. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193B--Chapter 2 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 544.5, 544A.8 to 544A.11, 544A.21, 272C.2 and 272C.4 and, Iowa Code Supplement chapter 252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 3. Adopt new rule 193B--5.25(77GA,SF2170) as follows:
193B--5.25(77GA,SF2170) Suspension or revocation of a certificate of registration--student loan. The board shall suspend or revoke a certificate of registration upon receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the college student aid commission according to the procedures set forth in 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170. In addition to those provisions, this rule shall apply.
5.25(1) The notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be served by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or by personal service in accordance with the Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
5.25(2) The effective date of revocation or suspension of a certificate of registration, as specified in the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant or registrant.
5.25(3) The board's executive secretary is authorized to prepare and serve the notice required by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 6, and is directed to notify the licensee that the certificate of registration will be suspended, unless the certificate of registration is already suspended on other grounds. In the event a certificate of registration is on suspension, the executive secretary shall notify the registrant of the board's intention to revoke the certificate of licensure.
5.25(4) Registrants shall keep the board informed of all court actions and all college student aid commission actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 261 and shall provide the board copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, section 7, all court orders entered in such actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the college student aid commission.
5.25(5) All board fees required for registration renewal or registration reinstatement must be paid by registrants and all continuing education requirements must be met before a certificate of registration will be renewed or reinstated after the board has suspended or revoked a license pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 261.
5.25(6) In the event a registrant timely files a district court action following service of a board notice pursuant to 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170, sections 6 and 7, the board shall continue with the intended action described in the notice upon the receipt of a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the board to proceed. For purposes of determining the effective date of the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of registration, the board shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
5.25(7) The board shall notify the registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the board deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the suspension or revocation of a certificate of registration, and shall similarly notify the registrant when the certificate of registration is reinstated following the board's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
ITEM 4. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193B--Chapter 5 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A, 252J, 272C, and 544A and chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 5. Adopt new subrule 6.9(4) as follows:
6.9(4) Notwithstanding any statutory confidentiality provision, the board may share information with the college student aid commission for the sole purpose of identifying applicants or registrants subject to enforcement under 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ITEM 6. Amend the implementation sentence at the end of 193B--Chapter 6 as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 22.11 and, Iowa Code Supplement chapter 252J and chapter 261 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2170.
ARC 8222A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and 15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 25, "Housing Fund," Iowa Administrative Code.
The proposed amendments (1) provide for an annual competition for HOME projects jointly funded with affordable housing tax credits; (2) provide for the potential use of a limited amount of Community Development Block Grant (CDBG) funds for homeless shelter rehabilitation activities; and (3) allow a limit to be set on the amount of funds expended for any single activity type.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be accepted until 4:30 p.m. on September 1, 1998. Interested persons may submit written or oral comments by contacting Monica Fischer, Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515)242-4797.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed amendments will be held on September 1, 1998, at 2 p.m. at the above address in the IDED main conference room. Individuals interested in providing comments at the hearing should contact Monica Fischer by 4 p.m. on August 31, 1998, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 15.108(1)"a."
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261--25.2(15) by adding the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
"AHTC" means affordable housing tax credits and federal tax incentives created through the Tax Reform Act of 1986 and allocated through the Iowa finance authority for affordable rental housing development.
"IFA" means the Iowa finance authority.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 25.5(4) as follows:
25.5(4) Housing fund applications which the staff contacts determine are ready for review by the last working day of a month shall be reviewed and responded to in the following month to the extent funds are available. Once funds have been expended, IDED reserves the right to hold applications for review until after the next allocation of funds from HUD.
ITEM 3. Amend rule 261--25.5(15) by adding the following new subrule:
25.5(5) Applications for rental housing activities proposed to be funded jointly through the housing fund and the affordable housing tax credit program shall be reviewed and award decisions made through an annual competition for funds reserved for this purpose under subrule 25.8(3).Applicants shall be required to submit a housing fund/affordable housing tax credit application supplement to IDED by the deadline established by IFA for the submission of AHTC applications. IDED shall distribute information about the application procedure to potential applicants with IFA's annual AHTC program announcement.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 261--25.8(15) as follows:
261--25.8(15) Allocation of funds.
25.8(1) IDED may retain a portion of the amount provided for at 261--subrule 23.6(1) of the state's annual CDBG allocation from HUD and up to 10 percent of the state's annual HOME allocation from HUD for administrative costs associated with program implementation and operation.
25.8(2) Not less than 15 percent of the state's annual HOME allocation shall be reserved for eligible housing activities proposed by CHDOs.
25.8(3) Up to 75 percent of the state's annual HOME allocation shall be reserved for rental housing activities jointly funded with HOME and affordable housing tax credits.
25.8(4) IDED reserves the right to allocate up to 5 percent of CDBG funds allocated to the housing fund for the emergency repair of homeless shelters. Recipients funded for this purpose shall not be required to follow the application procedure set forth in rule 261--25.5(15).
25.8(3)(5) IDED will determine the appropriate source of funding, either CDBG or HOME, for each housing fund award based on factors including the availability of funds, the nature of the housing activity and the recipient type.
25.8(6) IDED reserves the right to limit the amount of funds that shall be awarded for any single activity type.
25.8(4)(7) Awards shall be limited to no more than $700,000.
25.8(5)(8) The maximum per unit housing fund subsidy is $24,999.
25.8(6)(9) Recipients shall justify administrative costs in the housing fund application. IDED reserves the right to negotiate the amount of funds provided for administration, but in no case shall the amount exceed 15 percent of a total housing fund award.
25.8(7)(10) IDED reserves the right to negotiate the amount and terms of a housing fund award.
25.8(8)(11) IDED reserves the right to make award decisions such that the state maintains the required level of local match to HOME funds.
25.8(9)(12) IDED reserves the right to allocate a portion of funds to comprehensive areawide housing programs. Potential recipients shall be identified through a request for qualifications of entities interested in and capable of operating an areawide program. Areawide program proposals shall be evaluated on and awards negotiated on the targeted number of beneficiaries to be assisted across income levels, household types and unmet housing needs, rather than on specific activities.
ARC 8223A
ECONOMIC DEVELOPMENT, IOWA DEPARTMENT OF[261]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 15.104 and 15.106, the Iowa Department of Economic Development hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 59, "Enterprise Zones," Iowa Administrative Code.
Numerous statutory revisions affecting the Enterprise Zone program were enacted during the 1998 legislative session. The key changes include modifications of the composition of city enterprise zone commissions; the adoption of alternative criteria by which businesses located within 35 miles of an enterprise zone may qualify for benefits; and inclusion of new provisions that permit eligible housing businesses (housing developers or housing contractors) to qualify for Enterprise Zone program incentives. The proposed amendments incorporate these statutory changes.
Public comments concerning the proposed amendments will be accepted until 4:30 p.m. on September 1, 1998. Interested persons may submit written or oral comments by contacting Bob Henningsen, Business Development Division, Department of Economic Development, 200 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50309; telephone (515) 242-4725.
A public hearing to receive comments about the proposed new chapter will be held on September 1, 1998, from 3 to4 p.m. at the above address in the IDED Main Conference Room. Individuals interested in providing comments at the hearing should contact Bob Henningsen by 4 p.m. on August 31, 1998, to be placed on the hearing agenda.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement sections 15E.191 through 15E.196 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164, 2395, section 17, and 2538.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 261--59.1(15E) as follows:
261--59.1(15E) Purpose. The purpose of the establishment of an enterprise zone in a county or city is to promote new economic development in economically distressed areas. Eligible businesses (including eligible housing businesses) locating or located in an enterprise zone are authorized under this program to receive certain tax incentives and assistance. The intent of the program is to encourage communities to target resources in ways that attract productive private investment in economically distressed areas within a county or city.
ITEM 2. Amend the definitions of "Act" and "Commission" in rule 261--59.2(15E) as follows:
"Act" means Iowa Code Supplement sections 15E.191 through 15E.196 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164, 2395, section 17, and 2538.
"Commission" or "enterprise zone commission" means the enterprise zone commission established by a city or county within a designated enterprise zone. to review applications for incentives and assistance for businesses located within or requesting to locate within certified enterprise zones over which the enterprise zone commission has jurisdiction under the Act.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph 59.3(1)"b" as follows:
b. Zone parameters. Up to 1 percent of a county area may be designated as an enterprise zone. A county may establish more than one enterprise zone. The total amount of land designated as enterprise zones under subrules 59.3(1) and 59.3(2) shall not exceed in the aggregate 1 percent of the total county area (excluding any area which qualifies as an urban or rural enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993). An eligible county containing a city whose boundaries extend into an adjacent county may establish an enterprise zone in an area of the city located in the adjacent county if the adjacent county's board of supervisors adopts a resolution approving the establishment of the enterprise zone in the city and the two counties enter into an agreement pursuant to Iowa Code chapter 28E regarding the establishment of the enterprise zone.
ITEM 4. Amend paragraph 59.3(2)"c" as follows:
c. Urban or rural enterprise community. Zone parameters. A city may establish more than one enterprise zone. Up to 1 percent of the county in which the city is located may be designated as enterprise zones. If there is an area in the city which meets the requirements for eligibility for an urban or rural enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, such area shall be designated by the state as an enterprise zone. (The area meeting the requirements for eligibility for an urban or rural enterprise community shall not be included for the purpose of determining the 1 percent aggregate area limitation for enterprise zones.)
ITEM 5. Amend subparagraphs 59.3(3)"a"(3) and (4) as follows:
(3) Certification that the enterprise zone to be designated is within the overall limitation that may not exceed in the aggregate 1 percent of the county area and that the boundaries of the area to be designated are under the jurisdiction of the city or county requesting the designation. If the proposed county enterprise zone contains a city whose boundaries extend into an adjacent county, documentation of the resolution of the board of supervisors of the adjacent county approving the establishment of the zone and a copy of an executed 28E agreement must be submitted to the department as part of the request for zone certification.
(4) Resolution of the city council or board of supervisors, as appropriate, requesting designation of the enterprise zone(s). Included within this resolution may be a statement of the schedule of value-added property tax exemptions that will be offered to all eligible businesses that may locate or expand within the proposed enterprise zone. If a property tax exemption is made applicable only to a portion of the property within the enterprise zone, the designation request submitted to the department must include a description of the uniform criteria which further some planning objective that has been established by the city or county enterprise zone commission and approved by the eligible city or county. Examples of acceptable "uniform criteria" that may be adopted include, but are not limited to, wage rates, capital investment levels, types and levels of employee benefits offered, job creation requirements, and specific targeted industries. "Planning objectives" may include, but are not limited to, land use, rehabilitation of distressed property, or "brownfields" remediation.
This schedule of value-added property tax exemptions may be approved at the time of zone designation request, but must be approved by the city council or board of supervisors, as appropriate, before the establishment of the local enterprise zone commission. This schedule of value-added property tax exemptions may also include the other property tax exemptions or other property tax related incentives that may be used in conjunction with the enterprise zone such as property tax exemptions that may exist in Urban Revitalization Areas or Tax Increment Financing (TIF) districts that may exist within Urban Renewal Areas. Property tax exemptions authorized under Iowa Code chapter 427B may not be used, as stated in Iowa Code 427B.6, in conjunction with property tax exemptions authorized by city council or county board of supervisors within the local enterprise zone. The city or county shall forward a copy of the official resolution listing the property tax exemption schedule(s) to the department and to the local assessor.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 261--59.4(15E) as follows:
261--59.4(15E) Enterprise zone commission. Following notice of enterprise zone certification by the board, the applicant city or county shall establish an enterprise zone commission. The commission shall review applications from eligible businesses and eligible housing businesses located in the zone and forward eligible approved applications to the department for final review and approval.
59.4(1) Commission composition.
a. County enterprise zone commission. Whether an entire county or a city or cities within a county are eligible for enterprise zone status, a A county shall have only one enterprise zone commission to review applications for incentives and assistance for businesses (including eligible housing businesses) located or requesting to locate within a certified enterprise zone. The enterprise zone commission shall consist of nine members. Five of these members shall be comprised of:
(1) One representative of the county board of supervisors,
(2) One member with economic development expertise selected by the department,
(3) One representative of the county zoning board,
(4) One member of the local community college board of directors, and
(5) One representative of the local workforce development center selected by the Iowa workforce development department unless otherwise designated by a regional advisory board.
The five members identified above shall select the remaining four members. If the enterprise zone consists of an area meeting the requirements for eligibility for an urban or rural enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, one of the remaining four members shall be a representative of that enterprise community zone. If the enterprise zone is located in a county that does not have a county zoning board, the representatives identified in 59.4(1)"a"(1), (2), (4), and (5) shall select an individual with zoning expertise to serve as a member of the commission.
b. City enterprise zone commission. If the enterprise zone has qualified under the city criteria, the commission shall consist of the five members identified in paragraph "a" above and the remaining four members shall be selected by these five members. One of the four members shall be a representative of an international labor organization. If the enterprise zone consists of an area meeting the requirements for eligibility for an urban or rural enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, one of the remaining four members shall be a representative of that enterprise community zone. If an enterprise zone is located in any city, an enterprise zone commission may also include a representative, chosen by the city council, of each such city located in the zone. A city in which an eligible enterprise zone is certified shall have only one enterprise zone commission. A city with a population of 24,000 or more which designates an enterprise zone pursuant to Iowa Code section 15E.194, subsection 2, and in which an eligible enterprise zone is certified shall establish an enterprise zone commission to review applications from qualified businesses located within or requesting to locate within an enterprise zone to receive incentives or assistance. The commission shall consist of nine members. Six of these members shall consist of:
(1) One representative of an international labor organization,
(2) One member with economic development expertise chosen by the department of economic development,
(3) One representative of the city council,
(4) One member of the local community college board of directors,
(5) One member of the city planning and zoning commission, and
(6) One representative of the local workforce development center selected by the Iowa workforce development department unless otherwise designated by a regional advisory board.
The six members identified above shall select the remaining three members. If the enterprise zone consists of an area meeting the requirements for eligibility for an urban enterprise community under Title XIII of the federal Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1993, one of the remaining three members shall be a representative of that community. If a city contiguous to the city designating the enterprise zone is included in an enterprise zone, a representative of the contiguous city, chosen by the city council, shall be a member of the commission.
59.4(2) Department review of composition.
a. Once a county or city has established an enterprise zone commission, the county or city shall provide the department with the following information to verify that the commission is constituted in accordance with the Act and these rules:
a. (1) The name and address of each member.
b. (2) An identification of what group the member is representing on the commission.
c. (3) Copies of the resolution or other necessary action of a governing body, as appropriate, by which a member was appointed to the commission.
d. (4) Any other information that the department may reasonably request in order to permit it to determine the validity of the commission's composition.
b. If a city has established an enterprise zone commission prior to July 1, 1998, the city may petition to the department of economic development to change the structure of the existing commission. A petition to amend the structure of an existing city enterprise zone commission shall include the following:
(1) The names and addresses of the members of the existing commission,
(2) The date the commission was approved by the department,
(3) The proposed changes the city is requesting in the composition of the commission,
(4) Copies of the resolution or other necessary action of a governing body, as appropriate, by which a member was appointed to the commission.
59.4(3) Commission policies and procedures. Each commission shall develop policies and procedures which shall, at a minimum, include:
a. Processes for receiving and evaluating applications from qualified businesses seeking to participate within the enterprise zone; and
b. Operational policies of the commission such as meetings; and
c. A process for the selection of commission officers and the filling of vacancies on the commission; and
d. The designation of staff to handle the day-to-day administration of commission activities.
e. Additional local eligibility requirements for businesses, if any, as discussed in rule 261--59.6(1) 59.9(1).
ITEM 7. Amend rule 261--59.5(15E) as follows:
261--59.5(15E) Eligible business. Eligibility. To participate in the enterprise zone program, a business must qualify under one of three categories: as an eligible business, an alternative eligible business, or an eligible housing business. Refer to rule 261--59.6(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and benefits available to a qualified "eligible business." Refer to rule 261--59.7(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and benefits available to a qualified "alternative eligible business." Refer to rule 261-- 59.8(15E) for a description of the eligibility requirements and benefits available to a qualified "eligible housing business."
261--59.6(15E) Eligible business.
59.5(1) 59.6(1) Requirements. A business which is or will be located in an enterprise zone is eligible to receive incentives and assistance under the Act if the business meets all of the following:
a. No closure or reduction. The business has not closed or reduced its operation in one area of the state and relocated substantially the same operation into the enterprise zone. This requirement does not prohibit a business from expanding its operation in an enterprise zone if existing operations of a similar nature in the state are not closed or substantially reduced.
b. No retail. The business is not a retail business or a business whose entrance is limited by a cover charge or membership requirement.
c. The business pays at least 80 percent of the cost of a standard medical and dental insurance plan for all full-time employees working at the facility in which the new investment will occur. Employee benefits. The business provides all full-time employees with the option of choosing one of the following:
(1) The business pays 80 percent of both of the following:
1. The cost of a standard medical insurance plan, and
2. The cost of a standard dental insurance plan or an equivalent plan.
(2) The business provides the employee with a monetarily equivalent plan to the plan provided for in subparagraph (1) above.
d. Wage levels. The business pays an average wage that is at or greater than 90 percent of the lesser of the average county wage or average regional wage, as determined by the department. However, in any circumstance, the wage paid by the business for the project jobs shall not be less than $7.50 per hour. The department will periodically calculate, revise and issue the "average county wage" and the "average regional wage" figures that will be used for determining business eligibility in the program. However, in any circumstance, a company will be deemed eligible for participation in the enterprise zone if it pays an hourly wage of $9.50 or greater. The local enterprise zone commission may establish higher company eligibility wage thresholds if it so desires.
e. Job creation. The business expansion or location must result in at least ten full-time project jobs and those project jobs must be maintained for at least ten years. The business shall create these jobs within three years of the effective date of the business's agreement with the department and the city or county, as appropriate. For an existing business in counties with a population of 10,000 or less or in cities with a population of 2,000 or less, the commission may adopt a provision that allows the business to create at least five initial jobs with the additional five jobs to be added within five years. The business shall include in its strategic plan the time line for job creation. If the existing business fails to meet the ten-job creation requirement within the five-year period, all incentives and assistance will cease immediately.
f. Capital investment. The business makes a capital investment of at least $500,000. If the business will be occupying a vacant building suitable for industrial use, the fair market value of the building and land, not to exceed $250,000, as determined by the local enterprise zone commission, shall be counted toward the capital investment requirement. An existing business that has been operating in the enterprise zone for at least five years is exempt from the capital investment requirement of this paragraph of up to $250,000 of the fair market value, as established by an appraisal, of the building and land. The capital investment amount stated in the business's application must be completed within three years of the effective date of the agreement described in rule 59.9(15E).
59.5(2) 59.6(2) Additional information. In addition to meeting the requirements under subrule 59.5(1) 59.6(1), an eligible business shall provide the enterprise zone commission with all of the following:
a. The long-term strategic plan for the business, which shall include labor and infrastructure needs.
b. Information dealing with the benefits the business will bring to the area.
c. Examples of why the business should be considered or would be considered a good business enterprise.
d. The impact the business will have on other Iowa businesses in competition with it.
e. An affidavit that it has not, within the last five years, violated state or federal environmental and worker safety statutes, rules, and regulations or if such violation has occurred that there were mitigating circumstances or such violations did not seriously affect public health or safety or the environment.
59.6(3) Benefits. The following incentives and assistance are available to an eligible business within a certified enterprise zone only when the average wage of all the new project jobs meets the minimum wage requirements of 59.6(1)"d":
a. New jobs supplemental credit; alternative credit for housing assistance programs.
(1) An approved business shall receive a new jobs supplemental credit from withholding in an amount equal to 1½ percent of the gross wages paid by the business, as provided in Iowa Code section 15.331. The supplemental new jobs credit available under this program is in addition to and not in lieu of the program and withholding credit of 1½ percent authorized under Iowa Code chapter 260E. Additional new jobs created by the project, beyond those that were agreed to in the original agreement as described in 261--59.12(15E), are eligible for the additional 1½ percent withholding credit as long as those additional jobs meet the local enterprise zone wage eligibility criteria and are an integral part or a continuation of the new location or expansion. Approval and administration of the supplemental new jobs credit shall follow existing procedures established under Iowa Code chapter 260E. Businesses eligible for the new jobs training program are those businesses engaged in interstate commerce or intrastate commerce for the purpose of manufacturing, processing, or assembling products, conducting research and development, or providing services in interstate commerce, but exclude retail, health or professional services.
(2) As an alternative to the credit described in subparagraph (1) above, a business may provide a housing assistance program in the form of down payment assistance or rental assistance for employees in new jobs, as defined in Iowa Code section 260E.2, who buy or rent housing located within any certified enterprise zone. A business establishing a housing assistance program shall fund this program through a credit from withholding based on the wages paid to the employees participating in the housing assistance program. An amount equal to 1½ percent of the gross wages paid by the employer to each employee participating in the housing assistance program shall be credited from the payment made by an employer pursuant to Iowa Code section 422.16. If the amount of the withholding by the employer is less than 1½ percent of the gross wages paid to the employees, then the employer shall receive a credit against other withholding taxes due by the employer. The employer shall deposit the amount of the credit quarterly into a housing assistance fund created by the business out of which the business shall provide employees enrolled in the housing assistance program with down payment assistance or rental assistance.
(3) A business may enter into an agreement with the county or city designating the enterprise zone pursuant to Iowa Code section 15E.194 to borrow initial moneys to fund a housing assistance program. The county or city may appropriate from the general fund of the county or city for the assistance program an amount not to exceed an amount estimated by the department of revenue and finance to be equal to the total amount of credit from withholding for employees determined by the business to be enrolled in the program during the first two years. The business shall pay the principal and interest on the loan out of moneys received from the credit from withholding provided for in subparagraph (1). The terms of the loan agreement shall include the principal amount, the interest rate, the terms of repayment, and the term of the loan. The agreement shall require that the down payment assistance or rental assistance provided for employees in new jobs be repaid, in whole or in part, in the event an employee is no longer employed by the business or defaults under the agreement between the business and an employee. The terms of the loan agreement shall not extend beyond the period during which the enterprise zone is certified. The employer shall certify to the department of revenue and finance that the credit from withholding is in accordance with an agreement and shall provide other information the department may require.
The business shall enter into an agreement with each employee receiving down payment or rental assistance. The agreements shall include terms and conditions of the receipt of the assistance and repayment provisions should the employee no longer work for the business or default under the terms of the agreement.
(4) An employee participating in the housing assistance program will receive full credit for the amount withheld as provided in Iowa Code section 422.16.
(5) The 1½ percent supplemental credit authorized under this rule may be apportioned between the 260E training programs described in subparagraph (1) and the down payment or rental assistance program described in subparagraph (2).
b. Value-added property tax exemption.
(1) The county or city for which an eligible enterprise zone is certified may exempt from all property taxation all or a portion of the value added to the property upon which an eligible business locates or expands in an enterprise zone and which is used in the operation of the eligible business. This exemption shall be authorized by the city or county that would have been entitled to receive the property taxes, but is electing to forego the tax revenue for an eligible business under this program. The amount of value added for purposes of Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196 shall be the amount of the increase in assessed valuation of the property following the location or expansion of the business in the enterprise zone.
(2) If an exemption is made applicable only to a portion of the property within an enterprise zone, there must be approved uniform criteria which further some planning objective established by the city or county zone commission. These uniform criteria must also be approved by the eligible city or county. Examples of acceptable "uniform criteria" that may be adopted include, but are not limited to, wage rates, capital investment levels, types and levels of employee benefits offered, job creation requirements, and specific targeted industries. "Planning objectives" may include, but are not limited to, land use, rehabilitation of distressed property, or "brownfields" remediation.
(3) The exemption may be allowed for a period not to exceed ten years beginning the year the eligible business enters into an agreement with the county or city to locate or expand operations in an enterprise zone.
c. Investment tax credit. A business may claim an investment tax credit as provided in Iowa Code section 15.333. A corporate tax credit may be claimed of up to a maximum of 10 percent of the new investment which is directly related to new jobs created by the location or expansion of the business in the enterprise zone. If the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability company, or an estate or trust electing to have the income taxed directly to the individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed. Any credit in excess of tax liability for the tax year may be credited to the tax liability for the following seven years or until depleted, whichever occurs first. The business participating in the enterprise zone may not claim an investment tax credit for capital expenditures above the amount stated in the agreement described in 261--59.12(15E). An eligible business may instead seek to amend the contract, allowing the business to receive an investment tax credit for additional capital expenditures, or may elect to submit a new application within the enterprise zone. For purposes of this rule, the capital expenditures eligible for the investment tax credit under the enterprise zone program are the costs of machinery and equipment used in the operation of the eligible business and the cost of improvements to real property which is used in the operation of the business and which receives a partial property tax exemption for the value added as described in Iowa Code section 15.332.
d. Research activities credit. A business is eligible to claim a research activities credit as provided in Iowa Code section 15.335. This benefit is a corporate tax credit for increasing research activities in this state during the period the business is participating in the program. For purposes of claiming this credit, a business is considered to be "participating in the program" for a period of ten years from the date the business's application was approved by the department. This credit equals 6½ percent of the state's apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures for increasing research activities. The state's apportioned share of the qualifying expenditures for increasing research activities is a percent equal to the ratio of qualified research expenditures in this state to total qualified research expenditures. This credit is in addition to the credit authorized in Iowa Code section 422.33. If the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability company, or an estate or trust electing to have the income taxed directly to the individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed. Any tax credit in excess of the tax liability shall be refunded to the eligible business with interest computed under Iowa Code section 422.25. In lieu of claiming a refund, the eligible business may elect to have the overpayment credited to its tax liability for the following year.
e. Refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors or subcontractors. A business is eligible for a refund of sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors and subcontractors as authorized in Iowa Code section 15.331A.
(1) An eligible business may apply for a refund of the sales and use taxes paid under Iowa Code chapters 422 and 423 for gas, electricity, water or sewer utility services, goods, wares, or merchandise, or on services rendered, furnished, or performed to or for a contractor or subcontractor and used in the fulfillment of a written contract relating to the construction or equipping of a facility within the enterprise zone.
(2) Taxes attributable to intangible property and furniture and furnishings shall not be refunded. To receive a refund of the sales, service and use taxes paid to contractors or subcontractors, the eligible business must, within six months after project completion, make an application to DRF. For new manufacturing facilities, "project completion" means the first date upon which the average annualized production of finished product for the preceding 90-day period at the manufacturing facility operated by the eligible business within the enterprise zone is at least 50 percent of the initial design capacity of the facility. For existing facilities, "project completion" means the date of completion of all improvements included in the enterprise zone project.
59.6(4) Duration of benefits. An enterprise zone designation shall remain in effect for ten years following the date of certification. Any state or local incentives or assistance that may be conferred must be conferred before the designation expires. However, the benefits of the incentive or assistance may continue beyond the expiration of the zone designation.
59.6(5) Application review and submittal. Eligible businesses shall first submit applications for enterprise zone program benefits to the local enterprise zone commission.Commission-approved applications shall be forwarded to the department for final review and approval.
ITEM 8. Renumber rule 261--59.6(15E) as 261-- 59.9(15E) and amend as follows:
261--59.6(15E) 59.9(15E) Commission review of businesses' applications.
59.6(1) 59.9(1) Additional commission eligibility requirements. Under the Act, a commission is authorized to adopt additional eligibility requirements related to compensation and benefits that businesses within a zone must meet in order to qualify for benefits. Additional local requirements that may be considered could include, but are not limited to, the types of industries or businesses the commission wishes to receive enterprise zone benefits; requirements that preference in hiring be given to individuals who live within the enterprise zone; higher wage eligibility threshold requirements than would otherwise be required; higher job creation eligibility threshold requirements than would otherwise be required; the level of benefits required; local competition issues; or any other criteria the commission deems appropriate. If a commission elects to adopt more stringent requirements than those contained in the Act and these rules for a business to be eligible for incentives and assistance, these requirements shall be submitted to the department.
59.6(2) 59.9(2) Application. The department will develop a standardized application that it will make available for use by businesses within a certified enterprise zone applying for benefits and assistance as an eligible business, an alternative eligible business, or an eligible housing business. The commission may add any additional information to the application that it deems appropriate for a business to qualify as an eligible business or an eligible housing business. If the commission determines that a business qualifies for inclusion in an enterprise zone and that it is eligible for benefits under the Act, the commission shall submit an application for incentives or assistance to the department.
ITEM 9. Renumber rule 261--59.7(15E) as 261-- 59.11(15E) and adopt new rule 261--59.7(15E) as follows:
261--59.7(15E) Alternative eligible business.
59.7(1) Requirements. A business which is not located in an enterprise zone is eligible to receive incentives and assistance under the enterprise zone program if the business meets all of the following criteria:
a. No closure or reduction. The business has not closed or reduced its operation in one area of the state and relocated substantially the same operation into the enterprise zone. This requirement does not prohibit a business from expanding its operation in an enterprise zone if existing operations of a similar nature in the state are not closed or substantially reduced.
b. No retail. The business is not a retail business or a business whose entrance is limited by a cover charge or membership requirement.
c. Employee benefits. The business provides all full-time employees with the option of choosing one of the following:
(1) The business pays 80 percent of both of the following:
1. The cost of a standard medical insurance plan, and
2. The cost of a standard dental insurance plan or an equivalent plan.
(2) The business provides the employee with a monetarily equivalent plan to the plan provided for in subparagraph (1) above.
d. Job creation. The business expansion or location must result in at least ten full-time project jobs and those project jobs must be maintained for at least ten years. The business shall create these jobs within three years of the effective date of the business's agreement with the department and the city or county, as appropriate. For an existing business in counties with a population of 10,000 or less or in cities with a population of 2,000 or less, the commission may adopt a provision that allows the business to create at least five initial jobs with the additional five jobs to be added within five years. The business shall include in its strategic plan the time line for job creation. If the existing business fails to meet the ten-job creation requirement within the five-year period, all incentives and assistance will cease immediately.
e. Capital investment. The business makes a capital investment of at least $500,000. If the business will be occupying a vacant building suitable for industrial use, the fair market value of the building and land, not to exceed $250,000, as determined by the local enterprise zone commission, shall be counted toward the capital investment requirement. An existing business that has been operating in the enterprise zone for at least five years is exempt from the capital investment requirement of this paragraph of up to $250,000 of the fair market value, as established by an appraisal, of the building and land. The capital investment amount stated in the business's application must be completed within three years of the effective date of the agreement described in rule 59.12(15E).
f. City population limits. The business must be or plan to be located in a city with a population between 8,000 and 24,000 as determined by population estimates by the United States Bureau of the Census for the year 1995.
g. Proximity to enterprise zone. The business must currently be or plan to be located in a city which is not more than 35 miles from an existing enterprise zone in this state or an equivalent zone in an adjacent state.
h. NJIP (new jobs and income program) wage levels. The business shall comply with the wage requirements of Iowa Code section 15.329(1)"d." This section of the Iowa Code requires the business to agree to pay a median wage for new full-time hourly nonmanagement production jobs of at least $11 per hour indexed to 1993 dollars based on the gross national product implicit price deflator published by the Bureau of Economic Analysis of the United States Department of Commerce or 130 percent of the average wage in the county in which the community is located, whichever is higher.
i. Distress criteria. The business must currently be or plan to be located in an area that meets two of the criteria listed below:
(1) The area has a per capita income of $9,600 or less based on the 1990 census.
(2) The area has a family poverty rate of 12 percent or higher based on the 1990 census.
(3) Ten percent or more of the housing units in the area are vacant.
(4) The valuations of each class of property in the designated area are 75 percent or less of the citywide average for that classification based upon the most recent valuations for property tax purposes.
(5) The area is a blighted area, as defined in Iowa Code section 403.17.
j. City approval. The business must receive approval by ordinance or resolution from the city in which the project is located.
59.7(2) Benefits. A business that qualifies under the "alternative eligible business" category is eligible to receive the following benefits:
a. A new jobs supplemental credit as described in paragraph 59.6(3)"a."
b. A value-added property tax exemption as described in paragraph 59.6(3)"b."
c. An investment tax credit as detailed in paragraph 59.6(3)"c."
d. A research activities credit as outlined in paragraph 59.6(3)"d."
e. A sales, service, and use tax refund credit as described in paragraph 59.6(3)"e."
The duration of these benefits shall be the same as set forth in subrule 59.6(4).
59.7(3) Application submittal and review. After approval of a project by ordinance or resolution, the city shall submit an application directly to the department.
ITEM 10. Rescind rule 261--59.8(15E) and adopt the following new rule in lieu thereof:
261--59.8(15E) Eligible housing business. An eligible housing business includes a housing developer or housing contractor.
59.8(1) Requirements. A housing business shall satisfy all of the following as conditions to receiving the benefits described in this rule:
a. The housing business must build or rehabilitate either:
(1) A minimum of four single-family homes with a value, after completion of the building or rehabilitation, not exceeding $120,000 for each home located in that part of a city or county in which there is a designated enterprise zone, or
(2) One multiple dwelling unit building containing three or more individual dwelling units with a total value per unit, after completion of the building or rehabilitation, not exceeding $120,000 located in that part of a city or county in which there is a designated enterprise zone.
b. The single-family homes and dwelling units which are rehabilitated or constructed by the housing business shall be modest homes or units, but shall include the necessary amenities. When completed and made available for occupancy, the single-family homes and dwelling units shall meet the United States Department of Housing and Urban Development's housing quality standards and local safety standards.
c. The eligible housing business shall complete its building or rehabilitation within two years from the time the business begins construction on the single-family homes and dwelling units. The failure to complete construction or rehabilitation within two years shall result in the eligible housing business becoming ineligible and subject to the repayment requirements and penalties in rule 261--59.13(15E).
d. An eligible housing business shall provide the enterprise zone commission with all of the following information:
(1) The long-term plan for the proposed housing development project, including labor and infrastructure needs.
(2) Information dealing with the benefits the proposed housing development project will bring to the area.
(3) Examples of why the proposed development project should be considered a good housing development project.
(4) An affidavit that it has not, within the last five years, violated state or federal environmental and worker safety statutes, rules, and regulations or if such violations have occurred that there were mitigating circumstances or such violations did not seriously affect public health or safety or the environment.
59.8(2) Benefits. A business that qualifies under the "eligible housing business" category is eligible to receive the following benefits for a period of ten years:
a. Income tax credit. An eligible housing business may claim an income tax credit up to a maximum of 10 percent of the new investment which is directly related to the building or rehabilitating of a minimum of four single-family homes located in that part of a city or county in which there is a designated enterprise zone or one multiple dwelling unit building containing three or more individual dwelling units located in that part of a city or county in which there is a designated enterprise zone. Any credit in excess of the tax liability for the tax year may be credited to the tax liability for the following seven years or until depleted, whichever occurs earlier. If the business is a partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability company, or estate or trust electing to have the income taxed directly to the individual, an individual may claim the tax credit allowed. The amount claimed by the individual shall be based upon the pro-rata share of the individual's earnings of the partnership, subchapter S corporation, limited liability company, or estate or trust.
b. Sales, services, and use tax refund. An approved housing business shall receive a sales, service, and use tax refund as described in paragraph 59.6(3)"e."
59.8(3) Application submittal and review. An eligible housing business shall first submit an application to the commission for approval. The commission shall forward applications that it has approved to receive benefits and assistance to the department for final review and approval.
ITEM 11. Renumber rule 261--59.9(15E) as 261-- 59.12(15E) as follows:
261--59.9(15E) 59.12(15E) Agreement. The department and the city or county, as applicable, shall enter into agreement with the business. The term of the agreement shall be ten years from the agreement effective date plus any additional time necessary for the business to satisfy the job maintenance requirement. This three-party agreement shall include, but is not limited to, provisions governing the number of jobs to be created, representations by the business that it will pay the wage and benefit levels pledged and meet the other requirements of the Act as described in the approved application, reporting requirements such as an annual certification by the business that it is in compliance with the Act, and the method for determining the amount of incentives or assistance paid which will be repaid in the event of failure to maintain the requirements of the Act and these rules. In addition, the agreement will specify that a business that fails to maintain the requirements of the Act and these rules shall not receive incentives or assistance for each year during which the business is not in compliance.
ITEM 12. Renumber rule 261--59.10(15E) as 261-- 59.13(15E) and adopt new rule 261--59.10(15E) as follows:
261--59.10(15E) Other commission responsibilities.
59.10(1) Commissions have the authority to adopt a requirement that preference in hiring be given to individuals who live within the enterprise zone. If it does so, the commission shall work with the local workforce development center to determine the labor availability in the area.
59.10(2) Commissions shall examine and evaluate building codes and zoning in enterprise zones and make recommendations to the appropriate governing body in an effort to promote more affordable housing development.
ITEM 13. Amend renumbered rule 261--59.11(15E) as follows:
261--59.11(15E) Department action on eligible applications. The department may approve, deny, or defer applications from qualified businesses. In reviewing applications for incentives and assistance under the Act, the department will consider the following:
59.11(1) Compliance with the requirements of the Act and administrative rules. Each application will be reviewed to determine if it meets the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.193 the Act and these rules. Specific criteria to be reviewed include, but are not limited to: medical and dental insurance coverage; wage levels; number of jobs to be created; and capital investment level.
59.11(2) Competition. The department shall consider the impact of the eligible business on other businesses in competition with it and compare the compensation package of businesses in competition with the business being considered for incentives and assistance under this program, to ensure an overall economic gain to the state.
59.11(3) Displacement of workers. The department will make a good-faith effort to determine the probability that the proposed incentives will displace employees of existing businesses. In determining the impact on businesses in competition with the business seeking incentives or assistance, jobs created as a result of other jobs being displaced elsewhere in the state shall not be considered direct jobs created.
59.11(4) Violations of law. The department will review each application to determine if the business has a record of violations of law. If the department finds that an eligible business, alternative eligible business, or an eligible housing business has a record of violations of the law including, but not limited to, environmental and worker safety statutes, rules, and regulations over a period of time that tends to show a consistent pattern, the eligible business shall not qualify for incentives or assistance under 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164 and 2538 or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196, unless the department finds that the violations did not seriously affect public health or safety or the environment, or if they did that there were mitigating circumstances. If requested by the department, the business shall provide copies of materials documenting the type of violation, any fees or penalties assessed, court filings, final disposition of any findings and any other information which would assist the department in assessing the nature of any violation.
59.11(5) Commission's recommendations and additional criteria. For each application from a business, the department will review the local analysis (including any additional local criteria) and recommendation of the enterprise zone commission in the zone where the business is located, or plans to locate.
59.11(6) Other relevant information. The department may also review an application using factors it reviews in other department-administered financial assistance programs which are intended to assess the quality of the jobs pledged.
ITEM 14. Amend renumbered rule 261--59.13(15E) as follows:
261--59.13(15E) Compliance; repayment requirements; recovery of value of incentives.
59.13(1) Annual certification. A business that is approved to receive incentives or assistance shall, for the length of its designation as an enterprise zone business, certify annually to the county or city, as applicable, and the department its compliance with the requirements of Iowa Code section 15E.183 the Act and these rules.
59.13(2) Repayment. If a business has received incentives or assistance under Iowa Code section 15E.186 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164 and 2538, or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196 and fails to meet and maintain any one of the requirements of Iowa Code section 15E.183 and 261--59.5(15E) the Act or these rules to be an eligible business, the business is subject to repayment of all or a portion of the incentives and assistance that it has received.
59.13(3) Calculation of repayment due. If a business fails in any year to meet any one of the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.193(1) and 261--59.5(15E) the Act or these rules to be an eligible business, it is subject to repayment of all or a portion of the amount of incentives received.
a. Failure to meet/maintain requirements. If a business fails in any year to meet or maintain any one of the requirements of Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.193(1), the Act or these rules, except its job creation requirement which shall be calculated as outlined in paragraph "b" below, the business shall repay the value of the incentives received for each year during which it was not in compliance.
b. Job creation shortfall. If a business does not meet its job creation requirement, repayment shall be calculated as follows:
(1) If the business has met 50 percent or less of the requirement, the business shall pay the same percentage in benefits as the business failed to create in jobs.
(2) More than 50 percent, less than 75 percent. If the business has met more than 50 percent but not more than 75 percent of the requirement, the business shall pay one-half of the percentage in benefits as the business failed to create in jobs.
(3) More than 75 percent, less than 90 percent. If the business has met more than 75 percent but not more than 90 percent of the requirement, the business shall pay one-quarter of the percentage in benefits as the business failed to create in jobs.
59.13(4) DRF; county/city recovery. Once it has been established, through the business's annual certification, monitoring, audit or otherwise, that the business is required to repay all or a portion of the incentives received, the department of revenue and finance and the city or county, as appropriate, shall collect the amount owed. The city or county, as applicable, shall have the authority to take action to recover the value of taxes not collected as a result of the exemption provided by the community to the business. The department of revenue and finance shall have the authority to recover the value of state taxes or incentives provided under 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164 and 2538, or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196. The value of state incentives provided under 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164 and 2538, or Iowa Code Supplement section 15E.196 includes applicable interest and penalties.
ITEM 15. Amend 261--Chapter 59, implementation sentence, as follows:
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement sections 15E.191 through 15E.196 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, House Files 2164, 2395, section 17, and 2538.
ARC 8227A
ENGINEERING AND LAND SURVEYING EXAMINING BOARD[193C]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 542B.6, the Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, "Administration," and Chapter 4, "Discipline and Professional Conduct of Licensees," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments are for clarification of signature requirements and unethical or illegal conduct.
Any interested person may make written or oral suggestions or comments on these proposed amendments on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should be directed to Gleean Coates, Executive Secretary, Iowa Engineering and Land Surveying Examining Board, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer Road, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or by telephone at (515)281-7360.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code sections 542B.35(2)(c) and 542B.16.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 1.30(8) as follows:
1.30(8) Computer-generated seals may be used on final original drawings provided that a handwritten signatureis placed adjacent to the seal and the date is written next tothe signature on the official copy or copies. Computer-generated signatures and dates are not acceptable.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 4.8(5) as follows:
4.8(5) Unethical or illegal conduct. Licensees shall not pay or offer to pay, either directly or indirectly, any commission, political contribution, gift, or other consideration in order to secure work, exclusive of securing positions through employment agencies.
Licensees, as employers, shall refrain from engaging in any discriminatory practice prohibited by law and shall, in the conduct of their business, employ personnel upon the basis of merit.
Licensees shall not solicit or accept gratuities, directly or indirectly, from contractors, their agents, or other parties dealing with their clients or employers in connection with work for which they are responsible.
Licensees shall not solicit or accept an engineering or land surveying contract from a governmental body when a principal or officer of their organization serves as a member.
Licensees shall not associate with or permit the use of their names or firms in a business venture by any person or firm which they know, or have reason to believe, is engaging in business or professional practice of a fraudulent or dishonest nature.
Licensees shall not use association with nonengineers, corporations or partnerships as "cloaks" for unethical acts. Licensees shall not violate any local, state or federal criminal law in the conduct of professional practice.
Licensees shall not violate licensure laws of any state or territory.
Licensees shall not represent themselves as a licensed land surveyor or professional engineer and shall not place their firm name, logo or title block on a Real Property Inspection Report.
ARC 8241A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.105, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 137, "Iowa Land Recycling Program and Response Action Standards," Iowa Administrative Code.
The 1997 Iowa Legislature established the "Iowa Land Recycling and Environmental Remediation Standards Act in Senate File 528. This bill authorized the Commission to develop rules implementing a program designed to achieve the dual purpose of addressing environmental contamination on property and to promote redevelopment of these contaminated sites. The primary means to achieve these objectives was through a requirement to adopt new environmental regulatory standards, to adopt a program intended to encourage voluntary response actions, and to provide a measure of liability protection and regulatory closure to participants and subsequent property owners.
The legislation established a Technical Advisory Committee (TAC) and required the Iowa Department of Natural Resources to work jointly with the TAC to develop new rules implementing the statute. The legislation required the Department and the TAC to jointly submit proposed rules and a report to the Commission by July 1, 1998. The TAC report does not contain specific objections to the text of these proposed rules. The Commission met and approved these proposed rules at its regular public meeting held on July 20, 1998, and directed that they be published as a Notice of Intended Action. The legislation also directed the Commission to adopt final rules by October 1, 1998.
The legislation required the Commission to adopt rules applicable to the administration of a land recycling fund established under Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.401. Since no appropriation was provided for this fund, the Commission has deferred proposing rules on administration of the fund.
Rule 137.3(455H) establishes the policies and procedures for voluntary enrollment in the land recycling program and defines what categories of sites are eligible for enrollment and the basis for withdrawal and termination from the program. The legislation required the Commission, based on the work of the Department and the TAC, to adopt three categories of "cleanup standards," background, statewide and site-specific. Participants would have the option of establishing compliance with any of these three standards in order to obtain regulatory closure in the form of a "no further action certificate" and the liability protections and other immunities provided in the statute. The scope of the liability protections associated with a "no further action classification" is tied directly to the scope of the assessment undertaken by the participant and the exposure pathways and contaminants for which a standard has been demonstrated and confirmed by department approval.
Rule 137.4(455H) defines a procedure for determining concentrations of contaminants of concern in soil and groundwater which reflect "background standards." These levels are intended to reflect concentrations of contaminants which are considered to be naturally occurring or generalized within the affected area and not associated with a release.
Rule 137.5(455H) defines criteria for calculating concentrations of contaminants of concern in soil and groundwater which constitute "statewide standards." These statewide standards are derived by assuming direct exposure to contaminated soil and groundwater through two basic pathways of exposure, ingestion of soils and ingestion of groundwater. These two pathways of exposure must be evaluated in every case. The rules reserve discretion in the department to require evaluation of other exposure pathways when other pathways are determined to be of concern. Participants may also choose to address other pathways and thereby more effectively define the scope of liability protection.
Rule 137.6(455H) establishes criteria for establishing site-specific standards. The statute required these standards be developed consistent with a risk-based approach and consistent with the "American Society for Testing of Materials" standards (ASTM) applied to petroleum and nonpetroleum hazardous substances. The Department and TAC believe the proposed rules are consistent with these protocols. Similar to the statewide standards, the rules require two basic exposure pathways be evaluated in all cases, exposure based on the risk of soil ingestion and groundwater ingestion. The rules expressly provide criteria for determining site-specific standards for surface water and ambient air when those exposures appear to be a concern. The department reserves the authority to require, and participants may choose to address, other exposure pathways when the assessment warrants it. This rule must be read in conjunction with rule 137.9(455H) dealing with the "risk evaluation and response action" policy since they are very closely tied together.
Rule 137.7(455H) addresses the use of institutional controls and technological controls. This rule does not specifically define under what conditions these controls may be employed but establishes general policies regarding what types of controls will be considered, basic requirements for implementation and the regulatory consequences of failure of these controls to meet their intended purpose. The rule more specifically addresses the use of "environmental easements" which is a restriction on land use mechanism created in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.206.
Rule 137.8(455H) defines the basic requirements that must be met in conducting the site investigation and characterization of an enrolled site. The rules generally require that a site be fully characterized in order to establish compliance with any standards. Particularly due to the finality and liability protections associated with a no further action classification, the rules require full definition of the vertical and horizontal extent of soil and groundwater contamination.
Rule 137.9(455H) provides for submission of a "Remedial Action and Response Action" document which would contain the analysis of the site investigation data and a demonstration as to how the participant has met or intends to meet standards, e.g., through the application of active remediation technology, institutional and technological controls, or monitoring. The general rule is that the response action proposal must be approved by the Department but the rule gives participants the option to proceed without department approval after giving notice, providing a description of proposed response actions and a schedule for completion. However, the rule expressly cautions that participants proceed at their own risk if department approval is not obtained and there is no guarantee that they will be entitled to a no further action classification based on their activities.
Rule 137.10(455H) establishes the policy and procedures which must be met in order to demonstrate that the response actions developed as part of the response action document in 137.9(455H), or implemented without department approval, have in fact been met. There are several confirmation procedures, including statistical analysis, which may be utilized to establish compliance with standards and entitlement to a no further action classification.
Rule 137.11(455H) establishes the policy and procedures for issuance of a no further action certificate. The rule addresses and attempts to further define the scope of the liability protections which accompany this classification. The rule defines under what conditions regulatory action can be "reopened" and what the consequences to the participants and other statutorily liable parties may be if a site is reopened due to, for example, failure of institutional controls.
A sample "no further action certificate" form containing language which could be used on a case-by-case basis is included in this notice. A model "environmental easement" is also included. These forms are referenced in the chapter and are being published in this Notice for public comment. They will not be published as part of the final rules.
Any interested party may submit written comments to Joe Obr, Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, or by fax (515)281-8895, no later than September 3, 1998.
The Department will hold three public hearings on the proposed rules. Each hearing will begin at 1:30 p.m. Technical staff will be available at each hearing site from 1 to 1:30 p.m. to answer questions, provide background information or otherwise assist the public in understanding the proposed rules and the rule adoption process. Public hearings will be held on the following dates and places.

Tuesday,
September 1, 1998


Fourth Floor Conference Rooms,
Henry A. Wallace Building,
900 E. Grand Avenue,
Des Moines


Wednesday,
September 2, 1998


Community Room
(next door to City Hall),
111 N. Main, Denison


Thursday,
September 3, 1998


Iowa Rooms A and B,
Third Floor, Iowa Hall,
Kirkwood Community College, Cedar Rapids



These rules may have an impact on small businesses as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.31.
The rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
The following chapter is proposed.
Adopt the following new chapter:

CHAPTER 137

IOWA LAND RECYCLING PROGRAM
AND RESPONSE ACTION STANDARDS

567--137.1(455H) Authority, purpose and applicability.
137.1(1) Authority. This chapter is adopted under the authority of Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. These rules establish the policy and procedures for the voluntary enrollment of contaminated property in the "land recycling program" established under chapter 455H. These rules also establish the response action standards which participants must meet in order to qualify for a no further action certificate and the statutory protections and immunities which follow from it.
137.1(2) Purpose. Consistent with the declaration of policy stated in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.104, these rules are intended to achieve the dual objective of addressing the current and future risks associated with contaminated property and thereby enhancing the market conditions which can lead to development of these properties into their highest productive use. These objectives can in part be met through a program which encourages voluntary participation by persons who may have a legal duty to address, in part or in whole, the contamination within an affected area as well as persons who might not have a legal obligation but who have an interest in development of enrolled sites. These rules attempt to provide a degree of certainty in the response action process as an incentive to participants and as a means of assisting participants in quantifying their financial investment. The following statement of principles is intended as a guide both in the interpretation of these rules and as a statement of the department's regulatory philosophy.
a. It is the objective of the department and these rules to establish a collaborative process between the participant(s) and department staff as the most effective means of achieving consensus and resolving disputes on issues which are not or cannot be fully defined and anticipated by rule.
b. Although participation in this program is voluntary, these rules establish basic standards which must be met in order to obtain regulatory closure from the department through issuance of a no further action certificate.
c. Although the scope of the response actions addressed under these rules may not in every case address all known or unknown releases within an affected area, it should be the objective of both the department and the participants to work together and to use all resources available to address all known releases within an affected area in the interest of protecting public health, safety and the environment as well as achieving regulatory finality.
137.1(3) Applicability. These rules shall apply only to releases of contaminants which are being addressed at enrolled sites. The department may in its discretion apply the response action rules in 137.4(455H) through 137.10(455H) to releases of contaminants at sites which are not enrolled. These rules do not in any way limit the statutory liabilities of participants or nonparticipants except as expressly provided within the context of enrollment and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Consistent with Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.505, these rules do not limit the authority of the department or the responsibility of statutorily responsible persons to provide notice of hazardous conditions under 567--Chapter 131 or to respond to new releases and undertake emergency response actions under 567--Chapter 133. For sites which are not enrolled, 567--Chapter 133 rules will remain in effect and for enrolled sites 567--Chapter 133 shall apply to the extent it is not inconsistent with this chapter.
567--137.2(455H) Definitions.
"Affected area" means any real property affected, suspected of being affected, or modeled to be likely affected by a release occurring at an enrolled site.
"Affiliate" means a corporate parent, subsidiary, or predecessor of a participant, a co-owner or co-operator of a participant, a spouse, parent, or child of a participant, an affiliated corporation or enterprise of a participant, or any other person substantially involved in the legal affairs or management of a participant as defined by the department.
"Background standard" means a standard which represents concentrations of contaminants which are naturally occurring or are generally present and not related to a readily identifiable release.
"Carcinogenic health risk" means the incremental risk of a person developing cancer over a lifetime (70 years) as a result of exposure to a hazardous substance, expressed as a probability such as one in a million (10-6). The contaminant level for the probability value is derived from application of certain designated exposure assumptions and a slope factor.
"Contaminant" means any hazardous substance found in the various media of the environment.
"Contaminant of concern" means specific hazardous substances that are identified for evaluation in the risk assessment process. Identification can be based on their historical and current use at the site, detected concentrations in environmental media and their mobility, toxicity, and persistence in the environment.
"Enrolled site" means any property which has been or is suspected to be the site of or affected by a release and which has been enrolled pursuant to this chapter by a participant.
"Environmental protection easement" means an institutional control created under Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.206 which is a statutorily authorized restriction on land use.
"Exposure pathway" means the course a contaminant of concern may take from its source area to an exposed organism. Each exposure pathway includes a source or release from a source, a point of exposure, and an exposure route.
"Exposure route" means the manner in which a contaminant of concern comes in contact with an organism (e.g., ingestion, inhalation, dermal contact).
"Free product" means a hazardous substance that is present as a nonaqueous phase liquid (e.g., liquid not dissolved in water) or is present as a solid in its original form as a product or waste material.
"Gross contamination" means contamination present at concentrations in an amount sufficient to reasonably expect that institutional or technological controls will not be adequately protective of human health or the environment.
"Group A and B chemicals" means hazardous substances which have been classified for human carcinogenicity as Group A - Human Carcinogen or Group B - Probable Human Carcinogen. Group A is used only when there is sufficient evidence from epidemiological studies to support a causal association between the hazardous substance and cancer in humans. Group B is divided into two subgroups. Group B1 is for hazardous substances for which there is limited evidence of carcinogenicity from epidemiological studies. Group B2 is for hazardous substances for which there is sufficient evidence of carcinogenicity from animal studies but inadequate or no data from epidemiological studies.
"Group C, D and E chemicals" means hazardous substances which have been classified for human carcinogenicity as Group C - Possible Human Carcinogen; Group D - Not Classifiable as to Human Carcinogenicity; Group E - Evidence of Noncarcinogenicity for Humans; or which have not been classified for human carcinogenicity. Group C is for hazardous substances with limited evidence of inadequate human and animal evidence of carcinogenicity or for which no data are available. Group E is for hazardous substances which show no evidence of carcinogenicity in two adequate animal tests in different species or in both adequate epidemiological and animal studies.
"Hazardous substance" means any substance or mixture of substances that presents a danger to the public health or safety and includes, but is not limited to, a substance that is toxic, corrosive, or flammable, or that is an irritant or that generates pressure through decomposition, heat, or other means. "Hazardous substance" may include any hazardous waste identified or listed by the administrator of the United States Environmental Protection Agency under the Solid Waste Disposal Act as amended by the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act of 1976, or any toxic pollutant listed under Section 307 of the federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended to January 1, 1977, or any hazardous substance designated under Section 311 of the federal Water Pollution Control Act as amended to January 1, 1997, or any hazardous material designated by the secretary of transportation under the Hazardous Materials Transportation Act.
"Hydraulic conductivity" means a measure of the capacity of a porous medium (rock or soil) to transmit water. It is expressed as the volume of water that will flow through a unit length of a unit cross-sectional area of the porous medium in a unit time with a unit head loss.
"Institutional controls" means a nonphysical action which restricts land use to reduce or eliminate exposure to the contaminants of an affected area.
"Lifetime health advisory (HAL)" means an advisory level established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency which represents the concentration of a single contaminant in drinking water which is not expected to cause adverse health effects over lifetime exposure.
"Maximum contaminant level (MCL)" means a standard for drinking water established by the United States Environmental Protection Agency under the Safe Drinking Water Act which is the maximum permissible level of a contaminant in water which is delivered to any user of a public water supply.
"No further action certificate" means the same as no further action letter in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.301. It is a document issued by the department to the participant certifying no further response action is required at an enrolled site for those conditions classified as no further action except the monitoring or the maintenance of institutional or technological controls when required.
"No further action certification" means the department has determined an enrolled site has met all standards applicable for the identified hazardous substances and no further response action is required except the monitoring or the maintenance of institutional or technological controls when required.
"Noncancer health risk" means the potential for adverse systemic or toxic effects caused by exposure to noncarcinogenic hazardous substances expressed as the hazard quotient for a hazardous substance. A hazard quotient is the ratio of the level of exposure of a hazardous substance over a specified time period to a reference dose derived for a similar time period.
"Participant" means any person who enrolls property pursuant to this chapter. A participant is a participant only to the extent the participant complies with the requirement of this chapter.
"Point of compliance" means a location selected within the affected area where the concentration of contaminants of concern must be at or below the target levels established for that point.
"Point of exposure" means the location at which an individual or population may come in contact with a contaminant of concern from the enrolled site.
"Protected groundwater source" means a saturated bed, formation, or group of formations which has a hydraulic conductivity of at least 0.44 meters per day (m/d) and a total dissolved solids concentration of less than 2,500 milligrams per liter (mg/l).
"Receptor" means an individual or population that is or may be affected by a release from the enrolled site.
"Release" means any spilling, leaking, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, or disposing into the environment of a hazardous substance, including the abandonment or discarding of barrels, containers, and other closed receptacles containing any hazardous substance, but excludes all of the following:
1. Any release which results in exposure to persons solely within a workplace, with respect to a claim which such persons may assert against the employer of such persons.
2. Emission from the engine exhaust of a motor vehicle, rolling stock, aircraft, vessel, or pipeline pumping station engine.
3. The release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from a nuclear incident, as those terms are defined in the federal Atomic Energy Act of 1954, if such release is subject to requirements with respect to financial protection established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under 42 U.S.C. § 2210 or, for the purposes of 42 U.S.C. § 9604 or any other response action, any release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from any processing site designated under 42 U.S.C. § 7912(a)(1) or § 7942(a).
4. The use of pesticides in accordance with the product label.
"Residential land-use area" means an area zoned for residential use or an area where residential use currently exists, is planned, or is not otherwise precluded. In addition, a residential land-use area includes other areas where frequent, long-term, close contact with soils is likely to occur (e.g., playgrounds, sport fields, gardens, child care facilities).
"Response action" means an action taken to reduce, minimize, eliminate, clean up, control, assess, or monitor a release to protect the public health and safety or the environment. "Response action" includes, but is not limited to, investigation, excavation, removal, disposal, cleaning of groundwaters or surface waters, natural biodegradation, institutional controls, technological controls, or site management practices.
"Restricted access" means a nonresidential area in which access is physically limited to prevent unauthorized access or incidental exposure (e.g., fenced-in, covered with buildings or pavement, remote location).
"Risk evaluation/response action document" means a document based on the site assessment for the enrolled site which includes a risk evaluation, proposed response action, and proposed compliance verification strategy for the enrolled site.
"Site assessment plan" means the optional plan submitted to the department which lays out the rationale and the steps to be followed in the conduct of a site assessment for the enrolled site.
"Site assessment report" means the report of the site assessment which defines the nature and extent of contamination, identifies likely exposure pathways, and allows for characterizing potential and current exposure risks posed by the enrolled site.
"Site-specific standard" means a standard for a specific site which represents a concentration of a contaminant in a media of an affected area at which exposure through a specific pathway is considered unlikely to pose a threat to human health, safety, or the environment given site-specific factors related to contaminant transport and likely exposure.
"Statewide standard" means a standard which represents a concentration of a contaminant in a specific media of an affected area at which normal, unrestricted exposure through a specific exposure pathway is considered unlikely to pose a threat to human health, safety, or the environment.
"Surface water" means general use segments as provided in 567--paragraph 61.3(1)"a" and designated use segments of water bodies as provided in 567--paragraph 61.3(1)"b" and 567--subrule 61.3(5).
"Target level" means a concentration of a contaminant of concern required to establish compliance with background, statewide or site-specific standards.
"Technological control" means a physical action whose main purpose is to reduce or eliminate exposure to the contaminants of an affected area.
567--137.3(455H) Enrollment in land recycling program.
137.3(1) Property eligible for enrollment. Unless excluded by statute or this rule and subject to eligibility conditions specified in this chapter, property which has been or is suspected to be the site of or affected by a release of a hazardous substance as defined in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.103 is eligible for enrollment beginning (effective date of the rule), 1998. The following sites shall not be enrolled in the land recycling program:
a. Property with petroleum releases associated with underground storage tanks subject to regulation under Iowa Code chapter 455B, division IV, part 8; and department rules under 567--Chapter 135. (However, property affected by releases of "regulated substances" from underground storage tanks other than petroleum as defined in rule 567-- 135.2(455B) subject to regulation under 567--Chapter 135 may be enrolled under this chapter. Property enrolled and affected by a release from underground storage tanks of regulated substances other than petroleum will be subject to the response action standards in this chapter rather than those in 567--135.8(455B) through 135.12(455B). See also 567-- paragraph 135.1(3)"e.")
b. Property which has been placed or is proposed to be included on the national priorities list established pursuant to the federal Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation, and Liability Act (CERCLA), 42 U.S.C. Section 9601 et seq. A property will be considered proposed at the time that a public notice of intent to list the property on the national priorities list is published in the Federal Register in accordance with 40 CFR 300.425.
c. An animal feeding operation structure as defined in Iowa Code section 455B.161.
d. Those properties affected by any of the following conditions:
(1) Any release which results in exposure to persons solely within a workplace, with respect to a claim which such persons may assert against the employer of such persons.
(2) Emissions from the engine exhaust of a motor vehicle, rolling stock, aircraft, vessel, or pipeline pumping station engine.
(3) The release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from a nuclear incident, as those terms are defined in the federal Atomic Energy Act of 1954, if such release is subject to requirements with respect to financial protection established by the Nuclear Regulatory Commission under 42 U.S.C. § 2210 or, for the purposes of 42 U.S.C. § 9604 or any other response action, any release of source, by-product, or special nuclear material from any processing site designated under 42 U.S.C. § 7912(a)(1) or 7942(a).
(4) The use of pesticides in accordance with the product label.
e. Properties subject to administrative or judicial enforcement action by the department or the Environmental Protection Agency or subject to an administrative or judicial consent order addressing environmental conditions. These properties may be eligible for enrollment only with the written approval of and under such terms as determined by the enforcing agency.
f. Eligible properties which are or may be affected by or commingled with ineligible releases or conditions will be evaluated on a case-by-case basis to determine their appropriateness for enrollment. Only the eligible property and participant(s) will be afforded the benefits and immunities available under Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Any protections provided by issuance of a no further action certificate will be limited by and may be subject to reopening due to future conditions associated with the ineligible release. Considerations for enrollment or exclusion include but are not limited to the following:
(1) The extent to which eligible releases and site conditions can be assessed and response action(s) designed and implemented independent of the ineligible releases and property.
(2) The extent to which the liability and other protections offered by Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H and the conditions of a no further action certificate can reasonably be defined to apply to the eligible site without consideration of or dependence on future conditions associated with the ineligible release and property.
(3) The extent to which a participant is willing to conduct all response action(s) necessary to address the health, safety and environmental conditions implicated by both eligible and ineligible releases and conditions. The extent to which a nonparticipant responsible for the ineligible release and property can establish an intention and ability to cooperatively address and share costs associated with the commingled conditions and satisfy both the standards in this chapter and any other regulatory standards applicable to the ineligible release or condition.
137.3(2) Enrollment policy and procedures. Prior to enrollment, the applicant/participant(s) should have conducted sufficient preliminary site investigation and project planning to be prepared to show that a site is eligible for enrollment and the participant(s) is ready and capable of initiating and completing a response action in accordance with these rules. The applicant/participant(s) must submit a completed program application and participation agreement form as supplied by the department. The program application shall contain at least the following information.
a. An acknowledgment of access/control of the site signed by the participant if that person is a fee titleholder in the affected property; if the applicant/participant(s) is not a fee titleholder, then an acknowledgment by the fee titleholder of the affected property. If acknowledgment of access cannot be obtained, the participant must describe efforts to obtain access and reasons why it has been refused.
b. The name, address and other relevant information of each current and anticipated participant(s). The description should include a brief statement of the reasons for each person's participation including but not limited to that person's interest in and legal relationship to the property enrolled and the expected role and scope of any participation. Other persons who are not participants but who may have an interest in the project should be identified, such as state and local development agencies, community groups, and financing sources.
c. The applicant/participant(s) must demonstrate the presence of hazardous substances at concentrations that warrant response action(s) under the standards in this chapter. At a minimum the environmental condition to be addressed must be documented by the submission of a report which includes the following:
(1) Soil and/or groundwater samples of hazardous substances which have been analyzed by a laboratory certified under 567--Chapter 83 for the analytes being tested. If there is not a laboratory certified under 567--Chapter 83 for the analytes being tested, then samples may be tested in accordance with 567--paragraph 133.3(1)"d." The laboratory analysis should establish the presence of hazardous substances under conditions which exceed or are likely to exceed a statewide standard, if a statewide standard is available. Copies of the laboratory analytical report, boring logs and a site diagram showing the location of the sampling points in relation to the site should be included.
(2) A description of the current and historical uses of the property based on a reasonable and diligent inquiry. This must include a description of the following: (a) known sources and probable locations of hazardous substances and probable location of the sources at the property which the participant proposes to address as part of the project; (b) a general description of the historical uses of the property and probable hazardous substances which could reasonably be associated with past land use; (c) a general description of the surface characteristics of the property and surrounding areas such as current zoning, residential, commercial and industrial uses, and current uses of adjoining properties.
d. Any assessments or other reports relating to the environmental conditions at the property which are known to and within the control of the applicant/participant shall be submitted. If the applicant/participant intends to claim that information constitutes a privileged environmental audit as provided in 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 681, the applicant must notify the department of the claim and resolve the issue of privilege prior to submittal. The applicant shall not submit to the department a report or any part of a report which it claims to be privileged and any information submitted under this paragraph shall be deemed a nonprivileged submittal as provided in section 6, paragraph (1)"a," of the Act. This provision does not relieve the applicant/participant of any obligation to notify the department of a hazardous condition as provided in Iowa Code section 455B.386 and rules under 567--Chapter 131.
e. A statement of the project objectives which includes the current use of the property, proposed development activities, and an expected time frame for meeting these objectives. The statement should include a general description of the scope of the proposed environmental condition to be addressed and a proposed schedule for initiation and submittal of site assessment activities pursuant to rule 137.8(455H). The statement should describe any foreseeable barriers toward achieving project objectives such as access to property, financing uncertainties, legal actions, allocation of responsibility amongst parties.
f. A list of all known permits and regulatory actions and directives associated with an environmental condition at the site. If any parcel of the proposed enrolled site is subject to any federal regulatory corrective action directives, administrative orders or judicial actions, these must be explained. The applicant must submit written proof that the appropriate federal regulatory agency has been notified of the applicant's desire to participate in the Iowa land recycling program. Objections, concerns or issues which could lead to disputes regarding dual or conflicting jurisdiction should be resolved prior to application, if possible, and before admission.
g. The department will respond in writing within 60 days of receipt of the enrollment application. The department will notify the applicant/participant(s) whether the site has been accepted and an expected time line for assignment of the project to a manager. If the site is not accepted, the department will notify the applicant of the reason(s) why. Upon notification of admission, the property shall be considered enrolled. Once the department has assigned the enrolled site to a project manager, the department will enter into a participation agreement with the participant(s).
137.3(3) Enrollment fees and oversight costs. A nonrefundable enrollment fee of $750 must be submitted with the program application. This fee is intended to cover the department's cost of reviewing the program application and a minimum amount of subsequent oversight costs. Subsequent fees in excess of the minimum $750 may be assessed for actual oversight costs incurred by the department as provided in this chapter. Department oversight activities may include, but are not limited to: review of documents, meetings with the participant(s), site visits, sampling, and laboratory costs related to verification of submitted materials. The total fees for oversight costs shall not exceed $7,500 per enrolled site. Fees shall be assessed and collected as follows:
a. Hourly billing rate. Project oversight fees shall be based on an hourly rate to cover wages and overhead costs of personnel employed by the department in the land recycling program. The department shall calculate and publish on an annual basis an hourly billing rate at which oversight fees shall be calculated.
b. Quarterly payments. The department shall bill the participant(s) on a quarterly basis for additional oversight costs beyond the review of the application incurred by the department. The participant(s) shall pay the department within 30 days after receiving the department's quarterly fee statement. If there is more than one participant, each shall be jointly and severally responsible for payment. The department will provide split billings if provided with an enforceable written contract allocating the fees amongst the participants.
c. Failure to pay required fees. If the participant(s) fails to pay department oversight fees that are required under this subrule, the department shall cease to provide oversight to the participant(s) and terminate enrollment of the site as described in subrule 137.3(7).
137.3(4) Participation agreement. All participants shall enter into a participation agreement. This agreement shall be executed at the time the project is assigned to a project manager. At a minimum, the agreement shall establish the following:
a. A requirement that the participant(s) agree and provide necessary documentation to ensure reasonable access to the affected property by department staff and other authorized representatives of the department.
b. A requirement that the participant(s) reimburse the department for the actual costs assessed as provided in 567-- subrule 136.3(3).
c. A requirement that the participant(s) certify they have the financial means to complete the project based on an initial estimate of completion costs. The department may require modification and amendment of the financial certification at any stage in the project and may require the participant(s) to provide financial documentation as necessary to support the certification.
d. A requirement that the participation agreement shall include a general description of the scope of the project and the goals to be achieved, a general time frame for submission and review of documents in accordance with this chapter, allocation of responsibility amongst multiple participants and other appropriate milestones. Either the participant(s) or the department may request a meeting to develop a statement describing the scope, goals, and time frames for the project.
137.3(5) Prioritization. Eligible sites will be enrolled in the order in which they are received. The department reserves the right to elevate the priority of a given site if it determines the threat to the public health or environment or environmental conditions in combination with the development objectives consistent with Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.104 is significantly greater than those of sites with an earlier enrollment date.
137.3(6) Withdrawal procedures. Enrollment and continued participation in the program is voluntary. The participant(s) may withdraw the enrolled site and individual participants may withdraw from further participation in the land recycling program at any time upon written notice to the department. Any participant who withdraws an enrolled site from further participation in the program shall not be entitled to any refund or credit for the $750 enrollment fee and shall be liable for any oversight costs actually incurred by the department up to the cap of $7,500 per enrolled site. A participant who withdraws a site prior to completion of all response action(s) required by this chapter and issuance of a no further action certificate in accordance with rule 137.11(455H) forfeits all benefits and immunities provided by this chapter and Iowa Code chapter 455H. Prior to withdrawal, the participant(s) shall submit a plan, which must be approved by the department, for stabilization of conditions at the site or a justification for why further action to stabilize the site is not necessary. Participants shall be required to take such actions as the department determines necessary to stabilize conditions at the site, including, but not limited to, securing or properly abandoning monitoring wells, removing or otherwise properly disposing of all contaminated soil excavations, removing or properly disposing of exposed or exhumed contaminants, filling or properly fencing open excavations, and posting safety notices.
137.3(7) Termination of enrollment. Enrollment of a participant(s) may be terminated based on a finding of material noncompliance with department rules and statutory requirements including but not limited to the following:
a. Significant failure, after written notice, to comply with schedules for completion and submission of reports and implementation of response action(s) required by these rules or otherwise agreed upon in writing by the department and participants. Written requests for reasonable schedule extensions may be granted upon a showing of extenuating circumstances beyond the control of the participant(s) and the participant(s) agent/contractor.
b. Failure to proceed in a timely manner after written notice in performing the additional response action required due to a failure of technological and institutional controls pursuant to rule 137.7(455H).
c. Material misstatement or omission of fact in reports submitted to the department by the participant or agents of the participant.
d. Evidence that the site falls under one of the exclusion categories in subrule 137.3(1).
e. Failure to pay required fees to the department as required in subrule 137.3(3).
137.3(8) Appeal rights. The department will notify participant(s) of a denial of enrollment or of an intent to terminate enrollment and provide a statement of reasons. The participant(s) shall have a right to appeal the decision to deny enrollment or to terminate and, upon timely appeal, contested case procedures shall be initiated pursuant to 561--Chapter 7.
567--137.4(455H) Background standards.
137.4(1) Purpose. This rule defines the basis and procedure for establishing background standards in groundwater, soil, surface water, and air. Background standards represent concentrations of contaminants that are naturally occurring or generally present and not related to a readily identifiable release. Background standards provide a baseline for assessing impacts of contaminant releases from within the affected area.
137.4(2) Determination of background standards. Background standards shall be based on sampling at appropriate site-specific background locations. Background sampling locations shall be outside the influence of any possible contamination associated with releases occurring on the property in which the enrolled site is located. Sufficient supporting information shall be provided to demonstrate the appropriateness of background sampling locations. Appropriateness for background sampling locations has two aspects which shall be addressed:
a. Background samples shall be collected from a location which represents a true background condition with respect to the enrolled site. For example, a background groundwater sample will be collected from an upgradient location relative to groundwater movement.
b. Background samples will represent conditions which are comparable to the contaminated media being addressed. In the case of soils, samples from the affected area and the background areas will be comparable in physical, chemical, and biological attributes.
Sampling conducted for the purpose of establishing a background standard shall meet quality criteria specified for the site assessment, rule 137.8(455H). The minimum number of samples to be collected from the medium of concern for which a background standard is being established shall be consistent with rule 137.10(455H), regarding demonstration of compliance.
567--137.5(455H) Statewide standards.
137.5(1) Purpose. This rule defines the basis and procedure for establishing statewide standards for contaminants in groundwater, soil, and surface water. Statewide standards for groundwater and soil represent concentrations of contaminants in these media at which normal exposure via ingestion is considered unlikely to pose a threat to human health. Statewide standards for surface water are based on protection of aquatic life, except when the surface water is a source of drinking water in which case they are based on protection of human health. This rule also describes how air standards are to be addressed.
137.5(2) Scope. Statewide standards described herein address what are considered to be the most likely, normal exposure situations. Statewide standards address direct exposure via ingestion to contaminants in the media of concern only. In the event other exposure concerns are identified, such that statewide standards are not protective of human health and the environment, the department may deny the use of the statewide standards prescribed herein and require the use of site-specific standards based on site-specific conditions pursuant to subrule 137.6(9).
Examples of exposure concerns not anticipated by thestatewide standard might include, but are not limited to:

* Significant plant uptake of contaminants from soil or groundwater,

* Contaminants entering drinking water lines from contact with soil or groundwater,

* Situations in which dermal exposure to contaminants in soil poses a substantially greater risk than ingestion of the soil,

* Situations where the contaminated media represents a contaminant source for other exposure concerns or pathways,

* Ecological concerns, other than for surface water,

* Groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source that is used or likely to be used for drinking water or other use.
137.5(3) Establishment of risk-based contaminant concentrations.
a. Risk-based concentration formula. Risk-based contaminant concentrations for soil and groundwater, except lead, shall be computed using the following formula, where appropriate:
(Formula I)

C


=


RF_AT_365 days/year




Abs_[(ERc_EFc_EDc)
BWc+(ERa_EFa_EDa)
BWa]_CF



Where: C = Concentration of contaminant (soil: mg/kg, water: mg/l)
RF = Risk factor
For protection from cancer health risks:
RF = TR÷SF
Where: TR = Target cancer risk (unitless)
SF = Oral slope factor per (mg/kg)/day;
see paragraph "c" for source.
For protection from noncancer health risks:
RF = THQ _ RfD
Where: THQ = Target hazard quotient (unitless)
RfD = Oral reference dose ((mg/kg))/day;
see paragraph "c" for source.
AT = Averaging time (years); time over which exposure is
averaged and potential adverse effects may occur
Abs = Absorption factor (unitless); portion of exposed
contaminant absorbed by the body
ERc = Exposure rate by a child (soil: mg/day, water: l/day)
EFc = Exposure frequency by a child (days/year)
EDc = Exposure duration by a child (years)
BWc = Body weight of exposed child (kg)
ERa = Exposure rate by an adult (soil: mg/day, water: l/day)
EFa = Exposure frequency by an adult (days/year)
EDa = Exposure duration by an adult (years)
BWa = Body weight of exposed adult (kg)
CF = Conversion factor: 10-6 kg/mg for soils;
1 (unitless) for water
b. Carcinogenic classification of chemicals. The potential carcinogenicity of chemicals will be based on the weight-of-evidence classification system utilized by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency (EPA). Risk-based concentrations will be based on cancer health effects for chemicals that are classified as Group A or Group B. Risk-based concentrations will be based on noncancer health effects for chemicals that are classified as Group C, Group D or Group E. In the absence of such classification for a chemical, the Group D classification will be assumed.
c. Source of toxicity values. Source of information on toxicity factors (e.g., oral reference doses and oral slope factors) and carcinogenic classification for chemicals shall be in accordance with the following hierarchy. The most recent version of each shall be used.
(1) EPA's Integrated Risk Information System (IRIS).
(2) EPA's Health Effects Assessment Summary Tables (HEAST).
(3) Best available information, including consultation with toxicologists at EPA's National Center for Exposure Assessment in Cincinnati, Ohio.
137.5(4) Statewide standards for groundwater.
a. Protected groundwater source. Statewide standards for groundwater in a protected groundwater source will be the enforceable Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) established by the EPA pursuant to the Safe Drinking Water Act, if one exists. If no enforceable MCL exists, the statewide standard for chemicals will be the lifetime health advisory level (HAL) as provided in the latest "Drinking Water Regulations and Health Advisories" by the EPA's Office of Water or equivalent. If no MCL or HAL exists, the statewide standard for a chemical will be calculated using Formula I and input variables for groundwater ingestion in accordance with the following subparagraphs.
(1) Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in groundwater from a protected groundwater source based on cancer risk are as follows:
TR = 5 _ 10-6
SF = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 1 l/day
EFc = 0 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 2 l/day
EFa = 365 days/year
EDa = 70 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 1
(2) Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in groundwater from a protected groundwater source based on noncancer risk are as follows:
THQc = 0.02 (Group C chemicals);
THQD,E = 0.2 (Group D and E chemicals)
RfD = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 1 l/day
EFc = 0 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 2 l/day
EFa = 365 days/year
EDa = 70 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 1
b. Groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source. The statewide standard for a Group A or B chemical, except arsenic, in groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source will be 20 times the statewide standard for the chemical in a protected groundwater source or a risk-based concentration using Formula I with TR = 10-4 and the exposure factors specified in subparagraph 137.5(4)"a"(1), whichever is larger. The statewide standard in a nonprotected groundwater source for arsenic will be 0.1 mg/l. The statewide standard for a Group C chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source will be 50 times the statewide standard for the chemical in a protected groundwater source. The statewide standard for a Group D or E chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source will be 5 times the statewide standard for the chemical in a protected groundwater source. However, in no case will the statewide standard for a Group C, D, or E chemical in a nonprotected groundwater source be less than a risk-based concentration using Formula I with a THQ = 1 and exposure factors as specified in subparagraph 137.5(4)"a"(2). The statewide standards for groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source are based on groundwater ingestion only.
137.5(5) Statewide standards for soil. Statewide standards for chemicals in soil, except lead, will be calculated using Formula I based on incidental ingestion of soil and dust with input variables in accordance with the following paragraphs. The statewide standard for lead in soil shall be 400 mg/kg.
a. Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in soil based on cancer risk are as follows:
TR = 10-6
SF = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 70 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 200 mg/day
EFc = 350 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 100 mg/day
EFa = 350 days/year
EDa = 64 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 10-6 kg/mg
b. Input variables for calculating statewide standards for chemicals in soil based on noncancer risks are as follows:
THQ = 1
RfD = Chemical-specific (see paragraph 137.5(3)"c")
AT = 6 years
Abs = 1
ERc = 200 mg/day
EFc = 350 days/year
EDc = 6 years
BWc = 15 kg
ERa = 100 mg/day
EFa = 350 days/year
EDa = 0 years
BWa = 70 kg
CF = 10-6 kg/mg
137.5(6) Statewide standards for surface water. Water quality standards pursuant to 567--Chapter 61 shall be considered statewide standards for surface water. If a promulgated water quality standard does not exist for a contaminant of concern, the department may establish an appropriate standard in a manner consistent with 567--Chapter 61.
137.5(7) Statewide standards for air. Ambient air quality standards pursuant to 567--Chapter 28 constitute statewide standards for air. Air emission sources must meet air quality emission standards as set forth in 567--Chapters 20 through 31 inclusively, as applicable. Any relevant air quality standard that is subsequently promulgated by statute or rule shall become a statewide standard for air upon the effective date of adoption by the state. In the absence of applicable, adopted standards, site-specific air standards must be met, in accordance with subrule 137.6(8), when air quality issues are addressed at a site.
137.5(8) Point of exposure for statewide standards. The point of exposure associated with the use of only statewide standards in the determination of compliance will be assumed to be anywhere and everywhere, except for surface water. The point of exposure associated with the use of statewide standards for surface water will be assumed to be the point of groundwater or other site runoff immediately before it discharges to the surface water body.
137.5(9) Practical quantification limits. In no case will the statewide standard be less than the practical quantification limit, as determined by the department.
137.5(10) Maintenance of statewide standards. The toxicity values and promulgated standards that are a basis for statewide standards are subject to periodic revision due to actions not governed under this rule. The department will maintain a guidance document that contains a current list of statewide standards that will be readily available to the public. Statewide standards for individual sites will be locked-in at the beginning of the site assessment process (rule 137.8(455H)). If a statewide standard does not exist for a chemical, it will be the department's responsibility to establish a statewide standard, pursuant to subrules 137.5(4) and 137.5(5), for groundwater and soil, and to add it to the comprehensive list of statewide standards in the guidance document maintained by the department.
567--137.6(455H) Site-specific standards.
137.6(1) Purpose. Site-specific standards may be used in lieu of statewide standards when the assumptions which form the basis of statewide standards can be modified without compromising protection of human health, safety or the environment. Statewide standards may be used in combination with site-specific standards to address different exposure pathways. Site-specific standards may be required to address exposure pathways which the department determines must be evaluated to be protective of human health, safety and the environment and for which statewide standards have not been established under rule 137.5(455H). Site-specific standards may involve development of target levels for contaminants of concern based on site-specific exposure assumptions for use in lieu of background or statewide standards. Site-specific standards may also include consideration of the actual or potential location where exposure to contaminants occurs or may occur, the likelihood of an exposure occurring, and the overall magnitude and extent of contamination. Site-specific standards may involve use of site-specific target levels for contaminants of concern alone or in conjunction with other site-specific criteria, such as the location where the standard is applied.
137.6(2) General provisions.
a. This rule establishes a minimum protocol that must be met at all enrolled sites which have not established compliance by application of background or statewide standards. Groundwater ingestion and soil ingestion pathway standards under this rule must be evaluated. Surface water and air quality standards under subrules 136.6(7) and 137.6(8) must be met whenever exposure concerns are evident and the participant or the department determines these pathways may present an unacceptable risk for current or future exposures. This rule is not intended to preclude the department or the participant from addressing other exposure pathways, and the department expressly reserves the right to require evaluation of other exposure pathways and compliance with site-specific standards developed for them such as: dermal contact, ingestion of vegetables containing contaminants from soil or irrigation water, migration of contaminants from groundwater or soil into water distribution lines or into air in a confined space, migration of contaminants from soil to groundwater, and migration of contaminants in a nonprotected groundwater source to a protected groundwater source. Participants must establish compliance with standards applicable to all exposure pathways required by the department under this rule in order to qualify for no further action classification under rule 137.11(455H) unless granted a variance as provided in Iowa Code section 455H.205.
b. Site-specific standards are subject to the approval of the department. Assurances in the form of technological or institutional controls (rule 137.7(455H)) will be required, as needed, to ensure continued protectiveness of site-specific standards.
c. The following subrules provide options for the site-specific standards. The participant may select any of these options, or combinations thereof, for use as site-specific standards.
137.6(3) Site-specific groundwater point of exposure. A site-specific groundwater standard may be an appropriate target level applied at groundwater points of exposure that are limited by technological or institutional controls.
a. A point of exposure for groundwater is a location within the affected area where a well exists or could be placed (potential point of exposure). Where technological or institutional controls are determined to effectively restrict the placement of groundwater wells, the points of exposure apply outside the area of restriction. A sufficient number of points of exposure may be established for determining compliance such that compliance with appropriate target levels at these points will ensure compliance at all points of exposure. Normally a compliance point of exposure will be a location at the boundary of the area restricted by an institutional control where a groundwater well could be installed that would have the highest contaminant concentration. Generally more than one compliance point of exposure must be established due to uncertainties, such as spatial and temporal variabilities in groundwater flow and contaminant occurrence.
b. Target levels. The point of exposure target level for drinking water wells is the statewide standard applicable to groundwater ingestion or an alternative site-specific target level approved under subrule 137.6(9) or 137.6(10). The point of exposure target level for non-drinking water wells is the statewide standard applicable to nonprotected groundwater or an alternative site-specific target level approved under subrule 137.6(9) or 137.6(10). The point of exposure target level for nonused groundwater meeting the conditions in subrule 137.6(5) is the statewide standard for a nonprotected groundwater source.
c. Nonprotected groundwater sources. A nonprotected groundwater source which is affecting or likely to affect an existing drinking water well shall be required to meet the same site-specific standards, including point of exposure target level(s), as applied to a protected groundwater source.
d. Unless conditions can be demonstrated to be stable, predictive techniques in accordance with subrule 137.9(4) must be used to determine the future effects of groundwater contamination on existing drinking and non-drinking water wells and to determine the area predicted to exceed the point of exposure target level(s) where wells could be installed. When using predictive techniques, determining the location(s) where the applicable point of exposure target level is expected to be exceeded may involve comparison of the appropriate numerical standard to the predicted contaminant concentration at a passive monitoring well at the groundwater point of exposure. Alternatively, predictive techniques using site-specific models (paragraph 137.9(4)"b") may involve simulation of pumping at a well located at the point of exposure, in which case, the pumping rate used in the simulation shall be the rate that is reasonably possible for the area that yields water with the highest contaminant concentration. In absence of site-specific justification for doing otherwise, long-term pumping will be assumed to be at a rate of 100 gallons per day; the sustainable yield, if less than 100 gallons per day; or a reasonable, higher rate, if such a rate results in higher contaminant concentration.
e. Institutional controls. For a protected groundwater source or a nonprotected groundwater source as described in paragraph "b" above, institutional controls must be shown to effectively prohibit the installation of wells for the period of time in which contaminant concentrations might otherwise be expected to result in an exceedance of the appropriate target levels. For a nonprotected groundwater not described as in paragraph "b" above, a less stringent standard of effectiveness as well as the type of future well installation to be restricted may be utilized for those areas of potential concern. Unless there is a history of usage of what might otherwise be considered nonprotected groundwater or there is uncertainty as to the uniformity in the hydraulic characteristics of the nonprotected groundwater source, notice to the authority responsible for permitting private wells under 567--Chapters 39 and 49 may be adequate especially if combined with a municipal or county ordinance prohibiting installation of private wells based on the availability of a public water supply.
137.6(4) Site-specific groundwater point of compliance. A site-specific standard may be established for a site-specific groundwater point of compliance that is different from a compliance point of exposure. A site-specific groundwater point of compliance must be used in conjunction with all groundwater compliance points of exposure pursuant to subrule 137.6(3) to provide an alternative monitoring location. Target levels for contaminants of concern at a site-specific groundwater point of compliance must be established using predictive techniques as specified in subrule 137.9(4). A target level established for a groundwater point of compliance must ensure that the appropriate target level at the groundwater compliance points of exposure will be achieved. A groundwater point of compliance shall be located on the contaminant migration path from the contaminant source to the point of exposure to the maximum extent practicable.
137.6(5) Nonused groundwater in a protected water source. Statewide standards for groundwater in a nonprotected groundwater source, pursuant to paragraph 137.5(4)"b," may be used as target levels for contaminants in an otherwise protected groundwater source when groundwater in the affected area is not used and is not likely to be used in the future in accordance with the following. It must be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the department that contaminants from the enrolled site do not currently, and likely will not in the future, have an impact on any existing water supply well. Any detection, or predicted detection above the practical quantification limit, of a chemical that can be attributed to a release from the enrolled site will be considered to constitute an impact. Location of an affected area and potentially affected area outside of the wellhead protection area of any public water supply will normally satisfy this requirement with respect to public water supplies. A location within a wellhead protection area does not necessarily preclude use of nonused groundwater standards if it can be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the department that the associated public water supply will not be affected by contaminants from the enrolled site. In addition, it must be demonstrated to the satisfaction of the department that the impacted or potentially impacted aquifer is not a locally significant water resource. Factors that will go into this determination may include, but are not limited to:

* Existence of a nonimpacted public water supply in the potentially affected area;

* General availability of other water resources in the vicinity;

* Plans for development of public water supplies in the vicinity;

* Potential for use of the impacted aquifer as a water supply (e.g., yield, natural water quality); and

* Identification of the aquifer(s) commonly used for water supply in the vicinity.
A local ordinance prohibiting installation of private drinking water wells or notification to the local water utility and water permitting authority, or both, may constitute acceptable institutional controls for site-specific standards under this subrule.
The target levels that may be used in accordance with this subrule are based solely on groundwater ingestion. Compliance with this site-specific standard will not guarantee that contaminants in groundwater may not cause unacceptable exposure via other pathways (e.g., groundwater to air in a confined space, groundwater to surface water, or groundwater to a water distribution line).
137.6(6) Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth. Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth may be used in conjunction with institutional controls. Predetermined site-specific soil exposures based on residential, nonresidential, and restricted-access land use and soil depth are provided in the following paragraphs. Lists of resulting site-specific soil standards for these land use and soil depth categories will be maintained by the department in a guidance document and made readily available to the public. Use of these site-specific soil standards must be supported by institutional controls that ensure that land use will not change to a land use that has a larger potential exposure to soil than land use which forms the basis for the standard being used. Site-specific soil standards based on land use and soil depth, as described herein, address only ingestion of soil. Compliance with these standards will not guarantee that contaminants in soils may not cause unacceptable exposure via other pathways (e.g., ecological exposure, dermal contact with soil, soil to groundwater, soil to confined air space).
a. Deep soil in a residential land-use area. Site-specific soil standards for deep soils equaling ten times the statewide standard for soils, except for lead, may be used. The lead standard for deep, residential soils is 800 mg/kg. Soils at a depth of ten feet and greater will normally be classified as deep soils. The department may deny the use of a deep soil standard associated with a residential land use or require a modification to the standard due to site-specific considerations including topography, development potential, and actual development plans. In lieu of this default site-specific lead standard for deep soil, a site-specific standard for lead in deep soil may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil. The use of a site-specific standard for deep soil in a residential land-use area shall be supported by an institutional control that permanently records the existence of contaminants above statewide standards in deep soils and restricts excavation resulting in deep soils being placed on the surface.
b. Nonresidential land use. The nonresidential land-use designation will be applicable to areas that are not classified as residential. Site-specific soil standards, except for lead, for nonresidential areas are based on Formula I using the risk and exposure factors shown in Table I. Site-specific soil standards for lead in a nonresidential land-use area are 400, 800, and 1,600 mg/kg for soils less than 2, 2-10, and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively. In lieu of these default site-specific lead standards, site-specific standards for lead in soil less than 2 feet deep may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Integrated Exposure Uptake Biokinetic Model for Lead in Children. Lead in soil 2-10 feet deep may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil with a multiple factor of 2 applied to this result for lead standards in soil greater than 10 feet deep. The use of a nonresidential land-use classification must be supported by an environmental protection easement that prevents a change in land use to residential.

Table I







Input Variables for Site-Specific Soil Standards for Nonresidential Area Land-Use Designation







Parameter


Units


Cancer Group


Soil Depth (ft.)







< 2


2 - 10


> 10


TR


unitless


A, B


10-6


10-6


10-6


SF


[(mg/kg)/day]-1


A, B


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


THQ


unitless


C, D, E


1


1


1


RfD


(mg/kg)/day


C, D, E


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


AT


years


A, B


70


70


70




C, D, E


6


30


30


Abs


unitless


A - E


1


1


1


ERc


mg/day


A - E


200


0


0


EFc


days/yr


A - E


350


0


0


EDc


years


A - E


6


0


0


BWc


kg


A - E


15


15


15


ERa


mg/day


A - E


100


50


500


EFa


days/yr


A - E


350


250


200


EDa


years


A, B


24


30


1




C, D, E


0


30


30


BWa


kg


A - E


70


70


70


CF


kg/mg


A - E


10-6


10-6


10-6



c. Restricted access land use. The restricted access land-use designation will be applicable to nonresidential areas where access is physically limited (e.g., fenced-in, covered with buildings or pavement, remote location). Site-specific soil standards, except for lead, for restricted access locations are based on Formula I using risk and exposure factors shown in Table II. Site-specific soil standards for lead at restricted access locations are 800, 1,600 and 3,200 mg/kg for soils less than 2, 2-10, and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively. In lieu of these default site-specific lead standards, site-specific standards for lead in soil less than 2 feet deep may be calculated using the most current version of EPA's Exposure Model for Assessing Risk Associated with Adult Exposures to Lead in Soil with multiple factors of 2 and 4 applied to this result for lead standards in soil 2-10 and greater than 10 feet deep, respectively. The use of a restricted access land-use classification must be supported by an environmental easement that prevents a change in land use to residential and ensures that the access restrictions will be maintained.

Table II







Input Variables for Site-Specific Soil Standards for Restricted Access Land-Use Designation







Parameter


Units


Cancer Group


Soil Depth (ft.)







< 2


2 - 10


> 10


TR


unitless


A, B


10-6


10-6


10-6


SF


[(mg/kg)/day]-1


A, B


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


THQ


unitless


C, D, E


1


1


1


RfD


(mg/kg)/day


C, D, E


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


Chem.-spec.


AT


years


A, B


70


70


70




C, D, E


30


30


30


Abs


unitless


A - E


1


1


1


ERc


mg/day


A - E


0


0


0


EFc


days/yr


A - E


0


0


0


EDc


years


A - E


0


0


0


BWc


kg


A - E


15


15


15


ERa


mg/day


A - E


50


500


500


EFa


days/yr


A - E


250


200


20


EDa


years


A - E


30


5


1


BWa


kg


A - E


70


70


70


CF


kg/mg


A - E


10-6


10-6


10-6



137.6(7) Site-specific surface water standards. The department will establish site-specific surface water standards at the request of the participant. The participant shall provide the department with information necessary to make this determination upon request from the department. Site-specific surface water standards will be generally equivalent to effluent limitations under a National Pollutant Discharge Elimination System (NPDES) permit pursuant to 567-- Chapter 62. Mixing zones and allocation of contaminant loads in a surface water body will be considerations in attainment of in-stream water quality standards. If the site-specific surface water quality standards are met, best practical control technology currently available will not be imposed.
137.6(8) Site-specific air standards. If there are air quality concerns at a site, they will normally be addressed with site-specific standards until such time as ambient air quality or source-specific standards are adopted for hazardous air pollutants.
a. Explosivity. In no case shall contaminants from the enrolled site cause an explosivity level in a confined space of greater than 10 percent of the lower explosivity limit.
b. Background. In addition to the establishment of a background standard pursuant to rule 137.4(455H), a site-specific air standard may be set at twice the typical background level based on published information for a comparable setting, if approved by the department.
c. Health risk. Where applicable, the U.S. Department of Labor Occupational Safety and Health Administration (OSHA) 8-hour time-weighted-average limits for air contaminants pursuant to 29 CFR 1910.1000 may be utilized for site-specific standards with an appropriate site-specific adjustment to account for uncertainties. As a default, the adjustment shall consist of dividing the OSHA standard by a factor of 10. For locations where OSHA standards are not applicable, site-specific standards for air in a confined space shall be risk-based using the chemical-specific toxicity values of inhalation unit risk (UR) and inhalation reference concentration (RfC) determined in accordance with paragraph 137.5(3)"c" for Group A and B and Group C, D, and E chemicals, respectively. Formulas II and III shall be used to calculate risk-based, site-specific air standards for Group A and B and Group C, D, and E chemicals, respectively, where C is the risk-based contaminant concentration in air.

(Formula II)

C = AF _ TR ÷ UR

(Formula III)

C = AF _ RfC

The UR and RfC toxicity values are based on a continuous exposure of 20 cubic meters per day by a 70 kg adult. The adjustment factor (AF) in Formulas II and III may be used to adjust for site-specific exposure conditions. A target cancer risk (TR) of 10-4 shall be used in a residential setting. If toxicity values are not available for a chemical, a value equal to 0.7 percent of the OSHA standard may be used as the site-specific standard for air in a confined space in a residential setting.
d. Institutional or technological controls. Institutional or technological controls may be used to prevent future exposure to contaminants in air in confined spaces and will be required to prevent residential use of the affected area when a nonresidential air standard is used.
137.6(9) Site-specific standards based on site-specific factors. Numerical site-specific standards (i.e., target levels) for groundwater or soil may be established using site-specific exposure factors in Formula I. Site-specific pumping rates greater than specified in paragraph 137.6(3)"d" herein may be used when approved by the department. Site-specific exposure factors must be approved by the department. For the department to approve any such site-specific factor there must be well-documented rationale for doing so and appropriate institutional or technological controls must be provided.
137.6(10) Site-specific standards or approaches not anticipated by this rule. Nothing in this rule precludes the use of site-specific standards derived in some way not anticipated by this rule, provided that the rationale is adequately presented and the approach is both approved by the department and provides a level of protection comparable to standards set forth under this rule.
567--137.7(455H) Institutional and technological controls.
137.7(1) Technological controls. The purpose of a technological control is to effectively sever a pathway by use of technologies such that an applicable receptor could not be exposed to hazardous substances above an applicable target risk level. Subject to limitations in this chapter, technological controls are an acceptable response action either alone or in combination with other remediation systems and institutional controls. The purpose of technological controls may be to control plume migration through use of containment technologies, barriers, or other methods, both as an interim or permanent response action or to permanently sever a pathway to a receptor. Technological controls may also be appropriate to treat or control contamination at the point of exposure. Any technological control proposed as a permanent response action option without meeting the reduction in contaminant concentrations objectives must establish that the pathway to a receptor will be permanently severed or controlled. The effectiveness of a technological control must be monitored under a department-approved plan. The department may require reasonable proof of financial assurance when necessary to ensure that a technological control remain effective.
137.7(2) Institutional controls. The purpose of an institutional control is to restrict access to or use of an affected area such that an existing or future receptor could not be exposed to hazardous substances addressed by the controls for as long as the target level is exceeded at applicable points of exposure and compliance. Single or multiple institutional controls may be used alone or in combination and may also be employed with technological controls and response action to effectively achieve, maintain and enforce an approved level of risk reduction and risk management. The following enumeration of types of institutional and technological controls is not a finding that each is per se an effective control. The effectiveness of any institutional or technological control or combination of controls must be evaluated on a case-by-case basis and in accordance with specified conditions in this chapter. Institutional and technological controls include:
a. A state or federal law or regulation which can be shown to effectively achieve, maintain and enforce the required land-use restrictions and controls.
b. An ordinance of any political subdivision of the state which can be shown to effectively achieve, maintain and enforce the required land-use restrictions and controls.
c. A contractual obligation recorded and executed in a manner satisfying Iowa Code chapter 558. Recorded notices and affidavits, including a no further action letter as provided in rule 137.11(455H), which do not create rights or obligations or restrict land use but serve to put current and future property owners on notice of present or future conditions within the affected area.
d. A control which the participant demonstrates to the department reduces or manages the risk from a release through the period necessary to comply with the applicable standards, including but not limited to informational devices such as public notices, informational registries, notices to regulatory authorities and continuing site activities such as periodic inspections, equipment repair and maintenance, and soil and groundwater monitoring.
e. An environmental protection easement established in accordance with Iowa Code section 455H.206.
137.7(3) Environmental protection easements. An environmental protection easement is a statutorily authorized restriction on land use and shall be the preferred mechanism rather than other contractual, common law methods such as deed restrictions and restrictive covenants for implementing and enforcing future land-use restrictions. The department reserves the discretion to determine under what conditions an easement or other deed restriction instrument such as a restrictive covenant may be used. An environmental protection easement must be utilized whenever the approved land-use restriction in and around an affected area must be limited to nonresidential uses. Environmental easements may be utilized to implement and enforce other institutional and technological controls, including but not limited to restrictions and regulation of certain construction activities, building location and design limitations, access to and use of groundwater, property access, restrictions on subdivision of property, maintenance and monitoring of technological controls and other response action equipment and activities, and other site inspection and reporting duties. The following minimum requirements must be established to obtain approval of an environmental protection easement:
a. The easement must be granted by the fee titleholder(s) and such other legal and equitable interests in the affected real estate as necessary to establish its validity and enforceability. The department may require persons with property interests other than the fee titleholder(s) to join in the grant or execute appropriate instruments evidencing consent to or subordination of their interests to the terms of the easement, or provide legal notice to such parties as necessary to ensure its validity, effectiveness and enforceability and all legal and equitable interests in the affected area. The participant must provide sufficient documentation, including but not limited to abstracts of title, title opinions, legal descriptions of the affected property and plat maps to enable the department to independently determine the easement will serve its intended purpose and is valid and enforceable.
b. The easement must be filed in the office of the county recorder in the county where the affected real estate is located and in any applicable central registry established by the department or other state, local or federal regulatory agency. After recording of the easement, each instrument transferring an interest in the affected real estate, including lease agreements, must include a specific reference to the recorded easement instrument and with sufficient description to put the transferee on notice of its terms. If a transfer instrument fails to include these references, the transferor may lose any of the benefits provided by these rules and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
c. The form and general terms of the easement must comply with the model forms developed by the department unless otherwise approved by the department. The terms of the easement instrument must include at a minimum the following:
(1) The easement must name the state of Iowa, acting through the department, as a grantee.
(2) The easement must accurately describe the activities being restricted or required.
(3) The easement must run with the land and bind the owner of the land and the owner's successors and assigns.
(4) The easement shall include an acknowledgment by the director of acceptance of the easement by the department.
d. Modification of environmental protection easements. An environmental protection easement can only be amended or terminated with approval by the director of the department and by filing an appropriate instrument, executed by the director, and filed with the county recorder.
137.7(4) Public notification. The department shall prepare a public notice prior to approval of any no further action classification which is conditioned upon use of institutional or technological control(s). The public notice will describe the results of the risk assessment conducted in the affected area, any proposed or completed response action, the vertical and horizontal extent and concentrations of existing soil and groundwater contamination in the affected area, and the actual and potential pathways of exposure the controls are intended to address. The notice will describe the purpose of the institutional and technological control(s) being proposed and the predicted period of coverage. The notice will provide for the opportunity of members of the public to review department files, make written comments and request a public hearing. The department may schedule a public hearing on the basis of requests from the public and when it determines the particular remedial options proposed for a site warrant public consideration, for example, when issues of whether and to what concentrations gross contamination should be allowed to remain within the affected area given the relative effectiveness of institutional controls and other community concerns and development plans.
a. The notice will be served by certified mail on all property owners which the actual or modeled data indicates are or may be affected by the present or future conditions addressed by the control. The notice will be published in a newspaper of general circulation most likely to reach persons in the immediate locality.
b. If the controls are intended to restrict surface or subsurface future land use, the notice shall be sent to each local regulatory body having jurisdiction and control over or a direct interest in regulation of these activities. These may include but are not limited to municipal or county zoning boards, municipal building authorities, public utilities and economic development agencies. If the controls are intended to restrict groundwater use, the notice shall be sent to the county or city board of health responsible for private well permitting.
c. Failure to provide notice to an interested party shall not constitute a basis for invalidating a subsequently approved no further action classification.
137.7(5) No further action certificates. Any no further action certificate shall contain a specific reference to any applicable institutional and technological control and shall meet the requirements in rule 137.11(455H). The reference must identify the location of any recorded instrument, contractual agreement or other documents applicable to the control, provide a brief description of the terms of the control and, where appropriate, site diagrams.
137.7(6) Enforcement of institutional and technological controls. Institutional and technological controls which have been incorporated into a no further action certificate pursuant to rule 137.10(455H), or have been approved prior to issuance of a no further action certificate, may be enforced in Iowa district court by the department, a political subdivision of this state, the participant or any successor in interest to the participant as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.206(4).
137.7(7) Failure of an institutional and technological control(s). The effectiveness of institutional and technological controls may be jeopardized for several reasons including situations where the technological controls are no longer effective in achieving their technical objectives, the validity of technological or institutional control is challenged due to a pending or final administrative or judicial action or legislative action changing its regulatory effect (e.g., change in an ordinance), or persons fail to comply with the terms of the institutional or technological control. The effect of the failure of a technological or institutional control to achieve its intended purpose is to remove the no further action classification and put all interested parties in the same position had the no further action classification not been made. When the department has reason to believe technological or institutional control(s) is jeopardized or determines that the control is no longer effective, the following policy and procedure shall apply:
a. The department shall make reasonable efforts to provide notice of the failure or noncompliance to the participant(s), protected parties, persons having legal standing to enforce the terms of the controls, other persons who may be legally responsible for contamination at the site and persons legally obligated to comply with the terms of the controls. The notice shall inform these parties of the consequences of failure of the controls and provide the opportunity for one or more of them to correct the deficiency by taking further response action or undertaking enforcement action to obtain compliance with the terms of the controls.
b. The participant(s) and other persons legally responsible for contamination at the site shall have primary responsibility to correct deficiencies or seek enforcement of the terms of controls, if they wish to maintain a no further action classification and any attendant statutory protections. The department may in its discretion seek enforcement of controls where persons fail to comply with the terms when it determines there is a strong likelihood of success, other participant(s) or legally responsible persons are unable or unwilling to undertake enforcement, and utilization of the controls remains consistent with these rules and site conditions currently in effect at the site. However, the department is not obligated to seek enforcement of the terms of any technological or institutional controls nor does the election not to undertake enforcement constitute a defense to further action by responsible parties or a basis for challenging the rescission of the no further action classification.
c. The department may also elect to require statutorily responsible parties to correct the deficiency as an alternative to rescinding the no further action classification.
d. Failure of a participant to timely undertake additional response action and response may result in termination of enrollment and loss of benefits under these rules and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H. Any person found to have intentionally violated an environmental protection easement or other institutional or technological control, whether included in a no further action letter or as part of an approved response action, may lose any of the benefits under these rules or Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
137.7(8) Modification and termination of institutional and technological controls. A participant or successor in interest to a participant, or an owner of property subject to an institutional or technological control, may seek approval from the department for the removal, discontinuance, modification or termination of an institutional or technological control. The persons must demonstrate that the control in its present form is no longer required to ensure compliance with applicable standards. The person seeking revision must undertake sufficient risk assessment and provide sufficient assessment data to establish that the applicable compliance standards can be met based on the proposed modification. The department may also determine based on a revised assessment that the applicable controls are no longer effective to meet compliance standards and may require other response action. The department shall issue an amendment to any previously issued no further action letter specifying the approved modification of the institutional or technological controls.
567--137.8(455H) Site assessment.
137.8(1) Purpose. The purpose of the site assessment is to define the nature and extent of contamination, along with identifying likely exposure pathways, with the aim of characterizing potential, current and future risks and making an informed decision concerning an appropriate response in the context of probable future land uses at the site and in the surrounding area. Assessment is to be conducted with the recognition that contaminant fate and transport may alter the current area extent and depth of contamination. It is recognized that the scope of such an assessment may be appropriately varied dependent upon interrelated factors including the nature and severity of the contamination, the complexity of specific details of the site and its setting, and the nature of the chosen response, if known.
137.8(2) Site assessment plan. The participant is encouraged, but not required, to submit to the department, for review, a site assessment plan, prior to proceeding with the site assessment. The plan is intended to lay out the rationale to be followed in the conduct of the site assessment. The purpose for this optional stage is to provide an opportunity for the participant and the department to reach a consensus regarding the appropriate scope of the site assessment. The development of a consensus should serve to diminish the likelihood that the department will find the final site assessment to be deficient and, for the benefit of the participant, to avoid the expenditures and time associated with the collection of what may ultimately prove to be unnecessary data.
In order to accomplish this, it is suggested that the plan should address relevant, known characteristics related to the site and its history as well as plans for addressing pertinent details spelled out in the subsequent sections on the site assessment and the site assessment report. Departmental review may result in suggestions from the department regarding perceived shortcomings or proposed activities which are deemed to be unnecessary.
The participant may find it desirable to conduct some preliminary investigation in order to develop a site assessment plan.
137.8(3) Site assessment details. In order to meet the stated purpose of the site assessment, it will be necessary to characterize numerous attributes related to the enrolled site and its setting. The following objectives are intended to provide a framework in which to accomplish this purpose. It is recognized that these objectives may exceed the appropriate scope of some site assessments and that there may be situations in which it may be necessary to define additional objectives. Any such deviation would preferably be addressed in a site assessment plan. In general, an acceptable site assessment should address the following items.
a. Identify and address the medium or media of concern associated with the contamination situation for which the site is enrolled. The regulatory classification or jurisdiction of contaminants shall be indicated if applicable and, if known, e.g., the compound is regulated under the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act (RCRA), Toxic Substances Control Act (TSCA), or Federal Insecticide, Fungicide and Rodenticide Act (FIFRA).
b. Characterize the nature, extent, and degree of contamination in both horizontal and vertical dimensions. This should involve appropriate sample numbers and locations within the contaminated area and beyond the area contaminated in excess of the background or statewide standard. Analyses should be conducted for the contaminants of concern, breakdown products, and other contaminants likely to be present at significant levels. The department may also require analyses for additional contaminants which are not the focus of enrollment in the program, but which may be of special concern. Special concerns might include waste handling or treatment problems posed by the additional contaminants, or unacceptable risks remaining unaddressed within the affected area, due to the presence of the additional contaminants. In the case of groundwater, attention should also be given to the possibility of contaminant accumulation in strata overlying confining layers and to the possible presence of non-aqueous phase liquids (NAPL). In the case of groundwater, more than one round of sampling shall be incorporated, appropriately separated in time. In the case of soils, particular attention should be given to characterizing shallow soil contamination, from zero to six inches in depth.
c. Characterize the nature of the source of contamination or propose a conceptual model explaining the presence of the contamination of concern.
d. Characterize local contamination maxima or hot spots for the purposes of evaluation against relevant standards and to identify handling or treatment concerns that they may pose.
e. Characterize the stratigraphy. This should be done to a depth extending to the first significant confining layer below the deepest contamination. Descriptions should rely primarily on results gathered in the site assessment, but relevant reference materials or geologic logs from other sources may be incorporated as a supplement.
f. Characterize the hydrologic properties of the site and its vicinity to a distance appropriate to the fate, transport and exposure concerns associated with the site. This characterization should consider both horizontal and vertical components of groundwater movement as well as other influ-ences on groundwater hydrology such as pumping wells, injection wells, surface water bodies, effects of seasonal orprecipitation-driven variability, and possible aquifer interconnections, including those related to existing or abandoned wells. Water level measurements, related to a common datum, screening of appropriate depth intervals, and determination of hydraulic conductivity will generally be considered as necessary.
g. Characterize physical and chemical properties of the site and its environs associated with contaminant fate and transport, e.g., percent organic matter, redox potential, soil bulk density, and transmissivity.
h. Characterize topographic and cultural features of the site and its immediate vicinity. Cultural features may include, but not be limited to, buildings, basements, paved areas, roadways, utilities, storage tanks and associated piping, piles, impoundments, wells, and waste disposal systems.
i. Evaluate concerns related to whether the contamination situation is dynamic or stable; if dynamic, address fate and transport and breakdown products appropriately.
j. Identify and characterize receptor or exposure concerns. This most clearly involves concerns for drinking water and exposures to contaminated soils, as suggested by the statewide standards, but additional concerns should be identified and addressed by the participant or the department, as the situation warrants, e.g., vapors to basements, threats to water supply lines, threats to surface waters, or environmental threats.
k. Characterize current and probable future uses of the site and its surroundings. If probable future uses differ significantly from current uses, then characterize them separately and conduct the assessment in a fashion which addresses concerns arising from the possible change in use.
137.8(4) Site assessment report. The site assessment report shall include the presentation of all information gathered relative to the foregoing description of the site assessment, arranged in appropriate sections of the report. It shall include a summary of preliminary information on which the site assessment is based, e.g., background and site history. The report shall discuss the sampling strategy and methods used in the assessment. The department encourages the use of innovative or screening techniques to expedite investigations and to control costs, provided that such techniques are approved by the department and are supported through verification by accepted scientific practices. The report shall also include a description of the quality assurance/quality control (QA/QC) protocols followed during the investigation. QA/QC protocols shall be consistent with accepted scientific practices, including those set forth in appropriate EPA or ASTM guidance or otherwise approved by the department.
The presentation should be organized so as to facilitate the assimilation of information by the reader. Maps to be presented, as appropriate, might include maps illustrating the location of the site in a larger geographical context; maps showing cultural features associated with the site and its environs; maps illustrating the contamination extent and concentration in three dimensions; maps illustrating the site hydrology in three dimensions; and maps illustrating receptors, potential receptors, and relevant pathways of exposure. Cross-sectional diagrams should be included to illustrate stratigraphy, geological boring information, and hydrologic and contaminant factors with depth. Tables and graphs should be designed for the purpose of summarizing data in a meaningful fashion, including information about successive rounds of sampling. Appendices should include well logs, copies of laboratory analytical reports, and raw data used to calculate parameters presented elsewhere in the report. Appended material shall be labeled in a fashion permitting the cross-referencing of appended materials and the body of the report.
137.8(5) Approval of site assessment report. The department suggests, but does not require, that the site assessment report be approved prior to proceeding with the subsequent risk evaluation/response action phase.
567--137.9(455H) Risk evaluation/response action.
137.9(1) Purpose. The purpose of risk evaluation/response action is to utilize information from the site assessment as a basis for:
a. Determining whether current exposures result in risks deemed to be excessive, based on evaluation against appropriate background, statewide, or site-specific standards.
b. Determining whether future exposures may result in risks deemed to be excessive, based on evaluation against appropriate background, statewide, or site-specific standards. This will likely include:
(1) Evaluation of potential changes in usage, e.g., installation of a new well, change in land use, or other activities, which result in unacceptable, potential exposures not evaluated as current exposures, and
(2) Evaluation of exposure concerns related to the movement of contamination such that potential exposures might arise which are not considered under current exposure assumptions, e.g., groundwater plume migration creating a potential for future contamination of existing wells or creating newly contaminated areas in which new well installation may result in unacceptable exposures.
c. Proposing an appropriate and acceptable response action or strategy to address the identified, unacceptable exposures or potential exposures.
d. Establishing the test criteria (to be applied in the following section) for determining final compliance with the selected standard. In some cases this may consist of proving that standards are currently met; in other cases it may result in an assessment of whether the response action succeeds in bringing about compliance with a selected standard.
The risk evaluation/response action is intended only for application to the specific contaminants and situations for which the site is enrolled.
137.9(2) Risk evaluation. The risk evaluation/response action document shall identify all locations or areas, and associated exposure pathways, where exposure currently exceeds a statewide standard or where a statewide standard may be exceeded in the future, due to either a change inexposure-related usage or contaminant migration. Current and future exposure pathways shall be evaluated and presented separately. This evaluation shall not be limited to exposure pathways for which the department has formulated risk-based values in rule 137.5(455H) (the statewide standard) or 137.6(455H) (the site-specific standard) but should include any pathway related to the situation for which the site is enrolled, for which a no further action certificate is sought, or for which an unacceptable risk may now or in the future exist, e.g., high concentrations of volatile compounds in proximity to a confined space, high concentrations of solvents in proximity to a water distribution line, or environmental concerns unrelated to human health.
In a case where a background standard is to be applied and there is no violation of a statewide standard, it will be necessary to identify only locations or areas where the background standard is exceeded.
In some instances it is anticipated that the risk evaluation may be appropriately abbreviated from the preceding description, based on the specific details of the contamination and the proposed response action. Participants are strongly urged to discuss the appropriate scope of their risk evaluation with the department.
137.9(3) Establishing cleanup standards. The riskevaluation/response action document shall identify the cleanup standards to be applied in accordance with rule 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H) of this chapter, outlining respectively the background, statewide, or site-specific standards. These standards may be applied in any combination to address specific components of the contamination problem for which the site is enrolled. If cleanup standards other than those specifically formulated under thestatewide standard (rule 137.5(455H)) are to be applied, then the rationale behind the determination of such standards shall be justified, in the document, to the department's satisfaction.
137.9(4) The use of models. The department recognizes that the use of numerical models will likely be necessary in order to evaluate potential future exposures or that models may be used to develop target levels.
a. Standard models. Standard models may be used to predict future contaminant concentrations at potential points of exposure to contaminants or at other locations used for determining compliance when such models are appropriate, as determined by the department. Applicable Tier 2 models approved for use in accordance with 567--Chapter 135 for underground storage tanks (USTs) and applicable Tier 2 models provided in American Society for Testing of Materials (ASTM) standards are acceptable standard models. Models which provide a two-dimensional representation of groundwater flow will not be considered to be appropriate when significant three-dimensional components to groundwater flow are anticipated. Default values for input parameters for ASTM and UST Tier 2 models, as provided in applicable ASTM standards and approved for use in accordance with 567--Chapter 135, may be utilized without approval by the department. The department will maintain a guidance document which includes a list of other chemical-specific default values for all chemicals having statewide standards. The use of other, site-specific input parameters is addressed under site-specific modeling in paragraph "b" below.
b. Site-specific models. Site-specific models may be used to predict future contaminant concentrations at potential points of exposure to contaminants or at other locations used for determining compliance when such models are appropriate, as determined by the department. Site-specific models may include standard models with site-specific input parameters or models utilizing more sophisticated analytical techniques. The department will utilize versions of A Modular Three-Dimension Finite-Difference Ground-Water Flow Model (MODFLOW) as developed by the United States Geological Survey in conjunction with A Modular Three-Dimensional Transport Model (MT3D) by S.S. Papadopulos & Associates, Inc. as a site-specific model for assessment of potential future exposures to contaminants in groundwater. MODFLOW and MT3D will be considered to be appropriate site-specific groundwater and contaminant transport models for any situation. Other site-specific groundwater and contaminant transport models may be utilized with the approval of the department. In general, a site-specific groundwater model shall have proven reliability and be able to simulate, as needed:

* A fixed contaminant source,

* Groundwater and contaminant flow in three dimensions,

* Groundwater and contaminant flow through as many distinct geologic layers as necessary for the site in question,

* Effects of pumping,

* Effects of groundwater recharge and discharge,

* Impacts of hydrologic boundaries,

* Contaminant advection, dispersion and chemical reactions, as appropriate for the site in question, and

* Other site-specific variables as appropriate.
Default values for input parameters approved for standard models will be approved for use in site-specific models. Otherwise, input parameters used in site-specific models are subject to the department's approval.
137.9(5) Response action. The risk evaluation/response action document shall include a proposal for a response action or strategy to achieve and maintain compliance with the selected standard(s). This may consist of activities designed to remove or treat contaminants, prevention of exposure to unacceptable levels of contamination through technological/institutional controls or monitoring, or it may consist of a combination thereof. If the response action involves the use of a standard which is less stringent than the statewide standard, it will generally be necessary to implement institutional controls to prevent the type of exposure on which the statewide standard is based. It is the intent of the department to permit the participant to identify and carry out those options by which this may be accomplished, insofar as the department deems the selected options to be reasonable, protective of human health and the environment, and consistent with provisions of the rule.
137.9(6) Free product and gross contamination. The response action or strategy for an enrolled site shall take into account a stated policy of the Act to encourage environmental cleanup. To this end, the department requires that contaminants present as free product and gross contamination shall not be addressed through the implementation of institutional or technological controls. For purposes of this rule, gross contamination will be considered to be contamination present at concentrations in excess of a standard by an amount sufficient to reasonably expect that institutional or technological controls will not be adequately protective of human health or the environment.
The department recognizes that treatment or removal of free product or gross contamination may not, in some cases, be feasible. In such cases the department may grant a variance to this portion of the rule. It will be the responsibility of the participant to make a sufficient case that such a variance is warranted.
137.9(7) Compliance verification strategy. The riskevaluation/response action document shall outline a strategy for determining whether the relevant standards are met by the site and will continue to be met in the future. In some cases this may consist of sampling and statistical tests to verify that the standard has already been met, while in other cases the sampling and statistics may be used to demonstrate that a response action has achieved its stated goals and the site is now in compliance with standards. Some response strategies may also call for longer term monitoring. In this latter case, standard-based values shall be identified which, if exceeded, would indicate a failure of the response action and necessitate the development and implementation of a new response action. The terms under which monitoring may cease should also be proposed. The proposed strategy shall be consistent with rule 137.10(455H), dealing with demonstration of compliance, and shall indicate the standard to be applied and the point of compliance at which it is to be applied, consistent with rules 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), and 137.6(455H) (the background, statewide, and site-specific standards, respectively).
137.9(8) Risk evaluation/response action document submission. A risk evaluation/response action document shall be submitted for review by the department. When considered in conjunction with the site assessment report, these documents shall present a complete picture of the site from its characterization, through the evaluation of risk, to the development of a strategy to address the situation. An effort shall be made to ensure that the reviewer, or other interested parties, can easily move back and forth through the documents to gain an understanding of the existing situation and proposed actions. The risk evaluation/response action document shall include a summary of findings regarding present risks and potential future risks; a pathway-specific identification of the standards to be applied, including the supporting rationale, if appropriate; a discussion of the proposed response actions, including remedial actions to be taken and institutional or technological controls to be implemented; and a discussion of the proposed verification strategy. Any modeling used for purposes of assessing future risk or establishing site-specific standards shall be presented in sufficient detail to permit evaluation of the results by the department. Any permits which will be necessary to implement the response action shall be identified to the department for inclusion in a consolidated standards permit.
137.9(9) Department review and approval. It is strongly recommended that the document be submitted for review and approval prior to proceeding with implementation of the response action. The final, department-approved document will be the basis for assessing subsequent activities at the site. Parties choosing to proceed with response actions without prior review and approval by the department proceed at their own risk and may not assume the response action implemented will result in a no further action certificate.
Parties choosing to implement a response action without prior review and approval by the department shall submit to the department a proposed risk evaluation/response action document accompanied by an explanation of the reason(s) for proceeding without prior approval. Documentation shall also include a schedule for implementation, a description of construction or other activities to be undertaken, and date for submission of the final report demonstrating compliance, as described in 137.10(455H).
567--137.10(455H) Demonstration of compliance.
137.10(1) Purpose. The purpose of the demonstration of compliance section is to provide a mechanism by which to verify that:
a. Appropriate and acceptable standards are complied with and that compliance can be reasonably expected to continue in the future;
b. Any and all remedial measures proposed under rule 137.9(455H) have achieved their purpose; and
c. Appropriate institutional and technological controls, or monitoring mechanisms, have been successfully put in place.
In some cases the demonstration of compliance may mark the final step, taken by the participant, prior to the issuance of a no further action certificate. In other cases it may mark the transition to the longer term closure activities associated with the site, such as monitoring, maintenance of technological controls, and continuing enforcement of institutional controls. In this latter case, demonstration of compliance activities may or may not result in the issuance of a no further action certificate, depending on the approach proposed in the response action. In some cases it may be necessary to successfully complete a monitoring program (or to fulfill other agreed-upon obligations) prior to the issuance of the no further action certificate.
In all cases, sampling of environmental media shall comply with QA/QC requirements addressed elsewhere in this rule.
137.10(2) General requirements for demonstrating compliance with soil standards.
a. For the standard being applied, the demonstration of compliance shall be at the point of compliance or point of exposure as set forth in rule 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H) relating to background standards, statewide standards, and site-specific standards, and described in a site-specific context pursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response action.
b. Minimum sample numbers for the demonstration of compliance with the background standard for soils (paragraph 137.10(4)"b") or with the statewide standard when applying subparagraph 137.10(5)"a"(1) shall be based on the volume of soil to which the selected standard is being applied as follows:
(1) For volumes less than or equal to 125 cubic yards, a minimum of 8 samples.
(2) For volumes greater than 125 cubic yards, but less than or equal to 3,000 cubic yards, a minimum of 12 samples.
(3) For each additional volume of less than or equal to 3,000 cubic yards, a minimum of 12 additional samples.
(4) Additional samples may be required based on site-specific conditions.
c. When applying the 95 percent upper confidence limit, according to EPA guidance, to demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for soils (subparagraph 137.10(5)"a"(2)) or a site-specific standard for soils (subrule 137.10(6)), the minimum sample number shall be as specified in that guidance.
d. Sample locations for demonstration of compliance shall be selected in a systematic random fashion to be representative, both horizontally and vertically, of the volume of soil being evaluated for compliance.
e. Sampling for the purposes of demonstrating compliance shall be conducted after the completion of site assessment activities and after the implementation of applicable remedial measures.
137.10(3) General requirements for demonstrating compliance with groundwater standards.
a. For the standard being applied, the demonstration of compliance shall be at the point of compliance or point of exposure as set forth in rule 137.4(455H), 137.5(455H), or 137.6(455H), relating to background standards, statewide standards, and site-specific standards, and described in a site-specific context pursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response action.
b. Monitoring wells installed for the purpose of demonstrating compliance shall be of sufficient number and appropriate location to evaluate all hydrologic strata of concern, based on site-specific considerations, as identifiedpursuant to subrule 137.9(7), relating to risk evaluation/response action.
c. For statistical methods under subparagraph 137.10(5)"b"(1), compliance with the statewide groundwater standard shall be based on eight consecutive quarters of groundwater data.
As an alternative, the department may accept four consecutive quarterly sampling events or less with written approval from the department under the following conditions:
(1) There is adequate spatial monitoring of the plume upgradient which indicates a decreasing concentration trend toward the downgradient property boundary.
(2) Parameters affecting the fate and transport of regulated substances within the plume have been fully evaluated.
(3) Concentrations of regulated substances in the plume at the point of compliance monitoring wells along the downgradient property boundary are all less than or equal to the groundwater standard or the limit relating to the PQL, whichever is higher, in all samples collected during the quarters of monitoring.
(4) One of the following is met:
1. The age of the plume is sufficiently well known to permit a judgment to be made regarding its stability.
2. The remediation includes source removal or containment actions which would reduce chemical flux into the plume.
d. When applying the 95 percent upper confidence limit, according to EPA guidance, to demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for groundwater (subparagraph 137.10(5)"b"(2)) or a site-specific standard for groundwater (subrule 137.10(6)), the minimum sample number shall be as specified in that guidance.
e. Sampling for the purposes of demonstrating compliance shall be conducted after the completion of site assessment activities and after the implementation of applicable remedial measures.
137.10(4) Demonstration of compliance with a background standard.
a. To apply a background standard the participant shall demonstrate to the department, in writing, that the apparent background contamination at the site is due to widespread or naturally occurring contamination and shall obtain the department's approval to use this subrule. Data collected for the purpose of determining the applicable background standard is subject to department approval, interpretation, and manipulation, if necessary for the purpose of establishing a meaningful background standard.
b. For soil, the minimum sample number to determine the background standard shall be 10 (unless a lesser number is approved by the department) and the number of samples from the affected area shall be based on volume as described in 137.10(2)"b." No sample collected from the affected area may exceed the sum of the background arithmetic mean and three times the sample standard deviation, as calculated based on the background sampling.
c. For groundwater, a minimum of 12 locations shall be sampled in the background reference area (unless a lesser number is approved by the department) and an equal number shall be collected from the affected area. In areas involving more than one hydrologic strata, more samples may be required. Sampling shall be conducted concurrently in the background reference area and the affected area. No sample collected from the affected area may exceed the sum of the background arithmetic mean and three times the sample standard deviation, as calculated based on the background sampling.
137.10(5) Demonstration of compliance with the statewide standard. The following requirements shall be met in order to demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard. Testing shall be performed individually for each contaminant being addressed and for which a no further action certificate is sought.
a. To demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for soils in each affected area, in addition to (1) or (2) below, all other applicable requirements of this rule shall be met.
(1) Seventy-five percent of all soil samples, collected during a single event, shall be less than or equal to the statewide standard, with no individual sample exceeding 10 times the statewide standard.
(2) In accordance with EPA-approved methods, the 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean of soil sample values from the affected area shall be at or below the statewide standard.
b. To demonstrate compliance with the statewide standard for groundwater in each compliance monitoring well, in addition to (1) or (2) below, all other applicable requirements of this rule shall be met.
(1) Seventy-five percent of all samples collected in each compliance monitoring well over time shall be less than or equal to the statewide standard, with no individual sample exceeding 10 times the statewide standard.
(2) In accordance with EPA-approved methods, the 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean of samples collected from a compliance well over time shall be at or below the statewide standard.
137.10(6) Demonstration of compliance with a site-specific standard. To demonstrate compliance with a site-specific standard, the participant shall use the tests identified in 137.10(5)"a"(1) and 137.10(5)"b"(2), except that the 95 percent upper confidence limit of the arithmetic mean for samples from the medium of concern shall be at or below the site-specific standard.
137.10(7) Final report. A final report shall be submitted which documents the accomplishment of all provisions set forth in the risk evaluation/response action document. This shall include, as applicable to the specific situation, discussions related to verification of compliance with selected standards; successful completion of approved remedial actions; implementation of necessary institutional or technological controls; and initiation of any required monitoring strategy. Sufficient details shall be included to permit the department to verify that the terms proposed in the response action have been met with regard to the statistical determination of compliance with standards.
137.10(8) Department review and approval. The final report is subject to review and approval by the department. Following review, the department will either approve the report or make a written response indicating the reason(s) why the report is unacceptable. Acceptance of the report may result in the issuance of a no further action certificate or it may mark a transition to the long-term closure activities associated with the site, as proposed in the response action. A decision that the report is unacceptable may be based upon an insufficiency of the report or it may be based on a judgment that the terms of the response action have not been met.
In cases where a participant has elected to proceed through this program without department interaction and without submitting site assessment (pursuant to 137.8(455H)) or risk evaluation/response action documents (pursuant to 137.9(455H)), the final report shall contain the substantive information related to those rules in addition to information required under this rule. The intent is to create a document for departmental review and approval which clearly sets forth, in substance, the same process which would have been developed had the participant engaged in a stepwise approach including interaction with the department during the process.
567--137.11(455H) No further action classification.
137.11(1) An enrolled site shall be eligible to obtain a no further action classification, when the department determines the participant has met all compliance standards of this chapter applicable to the affected area and the hazardous substances actually identified and evaluated such that no further response action is required other than maintenance of institutional or technological controls or certain specified continuing site activities. Upon request of a participant or a protected party and compliance with applicable standards, the department will issue a no further action letter to each protected party requesting it.
A no further action classification may be conditioned upon the continued maintenance and effectiveness of any applicable institutional or technological control in accordance with rule 137.7(455H).
137.11(2) No further action certificate. A no further action letter shall be in a form recordable in the county real estate records as provided in Iowa Code chapter 558 and consistent with the model forms developed by the department. The no further action letter may be recorded as provided by law.
137.11(3) No further action certificates conditioned on institutional and technological controls. A no further action certificate conditioned upon the continuing effectiveness and maintenance of institutional and technological controls or other continuing requirements must be recorded with the consent of the fee title holder for each parcel of affected property subject to the controls and for parcels of property for which prevention of exposure is dependent upon the continuing effectiveness and maintenance of the controls. If a participant is not able to record the no further action letter on a parcel within the affected area due to objections of the fee title holder or other legal restraints, this alone shall not be a basis for denying or rescinding the no further action classification or the certificate or the legal protections attendant to the no further action classification. Any modification or termination of institutional and technological controls shall be noted in an amended no further action certificate and shall be recorded as to any property subject to an earlier recorded certificate or institutional control. If a no further action certificate is required to be recorded, the no further action classification is not effective until the document is recorded with the county recorder.
137.11(4) Scope of liability protection. Upon issuance of the no further action letter by the department, the liability protection provisions contained in Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H, subchapter 3, apply. The scope of the no further action classification and the scope of liability protection extends only to that area of affected property as defined by actual and modeled contaminant data and the specific environmental condition for which a regulatory standard has been met and approved by a no further action classification. The scope of protection corresponds to the scope of the site assessment conducted by the participant, the exposure pathways actually evaluated by the assessment report and reviewed by the department, and the hazardous substances identified in that assessment for which compliance with adepartment-approved standard has been achieved. Liability protection does not apply to releases, sources of contamination, hazardous substances or other environmental conditions not expressly addressed in the participant's site assessment, response action or specifically referenced in the no further action certificate.
The no further action classification and certificate shall be void if the department demonstrates by clear, satisfactory, and convincing evidence that any approval under this chapter was obtained by fraud or material misrepresentation, knowing failure to disclose material information, or false certification to the department.
137.11(5) Reopener and reclassification conditions.
a. The department shall have grounds to reopen and rescind a no further action classification and consider reclassification of the affected area if specified conditions of the no further action classification and certificate are not maintained, or if institutional or technological controls fail to meet their intended purpose or are determined to be ineffective and unenforceable. If the conditions upon which the no further action classification was issued cannot be corrected or reinstated, the department may rescind the classification. The effect of termination is to put all parties in the same position as if the no further action letter had not been issued.
b. If a no further action certificate is issued without conditions or technological and institutional controls and conditions should arise which might require further corrective action, the department may require further response action by a participant or protected party only as provided in Iowa Code Supplement section 455H.301. The department may require further response action against a statutorily responsible party who is not a participant or a protected party. If the participant was a person having control over a hazardous substance, as defined in Iowa Code section 455B.381, at the time of the release, a no further action certificate may provide or the department may require further response action to protect against an imminent and substantial threat to public health, safety, and welfare. A protected party who was a person having control over a hazardous substance, as defined above, may be required by the department to conduct a further response action, where appropriate, to protect against an imminent and substantial threat to public health, safety, and welfare.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455H.
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION EASEMENT

Name of grantor(s) ("Grantor") grants to the State of Iowa acting through the Iowa Department of Natural Resources ("department"), a state agency, an environmental easement under the terms and conditions as described below:
I. RECITALS

1. Soil or groundwater contamination is present on property described as
legal description reference an exhibit:
and locally known as (street address) (hereafter "property"). The property is enrolled in the Iowa Department of Natural Resources land recycling program established under Iowa Code Chapter 455H. Under this program, an investigation of the soil or groundwater has been conducted and the site has been evaluated to determine a reasonable corrective action response designed to reduce the risks to health, safety and the environment. The department has approved a corrective action response which includes the use restrictions contained in this agreement.
2. The purpose of this easement is to restrict and control specified land use activities at this property as one method of reducing the risks of present and future exposure to contaminants identified at the property.
3. Grantor(s) are the owner(s) of the property and it is the intent of the parties to establish a valid and enforceable environmental easement as provided in Iowa Code section 455H.206. This environmental easement is intended to be perpetual until terminated as provided in this agreement, Iowa Code section 455H.206 and department administrative rules. The easement is intended to run with the land such that it is binding on the grantor(s) as current owner(s) of the described real estate and all successors, assigns and other persons claiming an interest in the property.
4. The parties acknowledge the terms of the easement may be modified or terminated as provided by law should it prove to be ineffective in serving its intended purpose or no longer necessary to protect against the risks posed to health, safety and environment. Failure of these use restrictions to serve their purpose could result in the reopening of further corrective action on the property.
THEREFORE, The Grantors grant and convey to the department this environmental easement according to the following terms:
II. GRANT OF EASEMENT

The grantor(s) warrant they hold the fee title interest in property with the power to convey this easement free of any conflicting claims of third parties. Grantor conveys to Grantee a perpetual environmental easement running with the land the terms of which are described below. [Alternatively, if the grantor(s) are a contract buyer for deed, the contract seller and buyer must join in the easement.]
III. RESTRICTIONS

specify land use restrictions

IV. ACCESS TO PROPERTY

Reasonable access to the property is granted to the department or any authorized representative of the department, public or private, including private parties or their contractors which may be required by law or authorized by the department, to conduct aboveground or subsurface inspections and investigation of the property. These activities may include but are not limited to repair and maintenance of remedial equipment and technologies, soil caps, groundwater monitoring wells and associated aboveground or subsurface structures, and fencing and other barriers. It may include access to conduct groundwater sampling, monitoring to confirm compliance with the terms of this easement, additional drilling and construction of soil borings or groundwater monitoring wells as directed by the department, and other activities authorized by the department. The current owner of the property shall be afforded reasonable prior notice and information as to the reason and scope of the entry.
V. TERMS OF SUBSEQUENT CONVEYANCES

Grantor shall reference and incorporate the terms of this agreement into any purchase agreement for sale of the property, assignment of an interest in the property or other instruments conveying an interest in the property and include specific contract terms requiring the buyer or assignee to incorporate the terms of this easement into successive conveyance instruments. See Iowa Code section 455H.206(4).
VI. MODIFICATION OR TERMINATION

The terms of this environmental easement shall only be modified or terminated by execution of an instrument signed by the director of the department and as provided by Iowa Code section 455H.206 and department administrative rules.
VII. ENFORCEMENT

The terms of this environmental easement may be enforced by the grantor or any successor or assign of the grantor and by the department, any political subdivision of the state or other party as specified and in accordance with Iowa Code section 455H.206.
VIII. SEVERABILITY

Invalidation of any portion of the terms of this easement by judgment of any court shall in no way affect the validity and enforceability of any of the other terms.
IX. CONSTRUCTION

This easement shall be effective upon filing with the county recorder where the property is located. Words and phrases in this easement, including acknowledgments, shall be construed as in the singular or plural number, according to the context.
X. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS

(Acknowledgments in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 558)

(Name of Grantor)
Grantor
Signed this ____ day of _________________, 199_.


The Iowa Department of Natural Resources accepts the grant of this easement by signature of the Director.
________________________________________
Larry J. Wilson
Director, Iowa Department of Natural Resources
Signed this ____ day of ________________, 199_.

CONSENT OF SPOUSE

The undersigned, as spouse of an above-named grantor, hereby consents to this grant of easement for the purpose of subordinating any dower, homestead and distributive share in the real estate.
________________________________________
Signed this ____ day of ________________, 199_.
State of _______________ )
County of _____________ ) ss.
On this _____ day of ________________, 199_, before me personally appeared _______________________ and _______________________, known to me to be the person(s) named in and who executed the foregoing instrument, and acknowledge that ___________________ and ___________________ executed the same as his/her/their voluntary act and deed.
__________________________________________,
Notary Public, in and for said county and state of:
State of _______________ )
County of _____________ ) ss.
On this ____ day of ______________, 199_, before me personally appeared _________________ and ____________________, who being duly sworn, did say that they are the corporation, that (the seal affixed to said instrument is the seal of said corporation or no seal has been procured by said corporation) and that the instrument was signed and sealed on behalf of said corporation by authority of its board of directors and that the said officers acknowledge the execution of said instrument to be the voluntary act and deed of said corporation by them voluntarily executed.
___________________________________________________
Notary Public, in and for said county and state of:
IOWA DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES

LAND RECYCLING PROGRAM

NO FURTHER ACTION CERTIFICATE



This document certifies that response actions to address environmental contamination have been undertaken on portions of the referenced property or properties ("the site"). It has been demonstrated that the environmental conditions at the site have met the standards of the Iowa Land Recycling and Response Action Standards program in accordance with Iowa Department of Natural Resources (IDNR) rules in Chapter 137 Iowa Administrative Code (IAC) and Iowa Code Chapter 455H. Therefore, no further environmental response action is required at this site except as described below and subject to such changes in circumstances which could authorize reopening regulation of the site in accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 455H and department rules:
ISSUED TO: [NAMES OF ALL PARTICIPANTS]
DATE OF ISSUANCE: [***]
IDNR FILE REFERENCES: [***]

AFFECTED PROPERTIES

The following property is affected by this no further action certificate
1. Property locally known as [any trade name and address] and legally described as in the attached Exhibit [***].
2. [list each parcel as above]
[OPTIONAL INSERTIONS AS APPROPRIATE]

INSTITUTIONAL CONTROLS AND OTHER CONTINUING REQUIREMENTS

This site classification is based on the assumption that certain uses of all or portions of the site or adjoining property are restricted to avoid the risk of exposure to contaminants of concern. These restrictions may be in the form of enforceable institutional controls such as environmental easements, city ordinances, zoning restrictions, continued monitoring of site conditions or notice to interested parties regarding limitations on the location and installation of receptors such as underground utilities, groundwater wells, and subsurface structures. Department records are open to the public and can provide a more accurate description of the environmental conditions at the site and the area subject to the controls. The following controls are in effect on the property locally known as [address] and legally described in Exhibit [*]:
[describe institutional controls]
[OPTIONAL INSERTIONS AS APPROPRIATE]

TECHNOLOGICAL CONTROLS

This site classification is based on the maintenance of certain physical actions ( "technological controls") designed to contain the movement of or prevent exposure to contaminants of concern. Department records are available to the public and more fully describe the contaminant conditions at the site and the technological controls in effect. The following technological controls are in effect at or near the property locally known as [address of each parcel affected] and legally described in Exhibit [*].
[describe technological controls]

[optional disclosure] The department and the participants in the Land Recycling Program have agreed to issue this certificate as the result of actions taken to address certain risks of exposure to contamination. The department has identified concerns regarding environmental conditions which have not been fully addressed by the participants in this voluntary program or the department. The following is a brief description of these concerns:
[describe any concerns not addressed]
Issuance of this no further action certificate provides certain legal protections and immunities to "protected parties" as defined in Iowa Code section 455H.103(11) and in accordance with Iowa Code Chapter 455H. Chapter 455H and IDNR rules also provide that under some conditions further response action may be required.
Voluntary participation in the Land Recycling Program may in some cases not require all potential risks of exposure be addressed by the participants. Portions of the site may not have been assessed. Residual levels of soil or groundwater contamination may remain at the site. IDNR records are available to the public and more fully describe the environmental conditions at the site.
This certificate does not constitute a warranty or a representation of any kind to any person as to the environmental condition, marketability or value of the above referenced property other than that certification as provided in Iowa Code section 455H.301.
ARC 8238A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of 1996 Iowa Acts, House File 2433, section 9, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to adopt Chapter 219, "Beneficial Uses of Waste Tires," Iowa Administrative Code.
This new chapter establishes guidelines for the use of whole or processed waste tires for erosion control, drainage structures, civil engineering applications, and other uses where the intended purpose is to produce a beneficial product or an end use. Beneficial uses of waste tires approved through this chapter shall not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health, welfare, and safety.
Any interested party may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed rules on or before September 2, 1998. Such written comments should be directed to Mel Pins, Waste Management Assistance Division, Iowa Department of Natural Resources, Wallace State Office Building, 900 East Grand Avenue, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0034; fax (515)281-8895. Persons who wish to convey their views by telephone should also contact Mel Pins, Waste Management Assistance Division at (515)281-8646 or at the Division offices on the fifth floor of the Wallace State Office Building.
A public hearing will be held on Wednesday, September 2, 1998, at 1 p.m. in the Fifth Floor East Conference Room, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa, at which time comments may be submitted either orally or in writing. At the hearing, persons will be asked to give their names and addresses for the record and to confine their remarks to the subject of the rule.
Any persons who plan to attend a public hearing and have special requirements such as hearing or mobility impairments should contact the Department of Natural Resources and advise of specific needs.
These rules are intended to implement 1996 Iowa Acts, House File 2433.
The following new chapter is proposed:
CHAPTER 219

BENEFICIAL USES OF WASTE TIRES

567--219.1(455D) Purpose. The purpose of this chapter is to establish guidelines for the use of whole or processed waste tires for erosion control, drainage structures, civil engineering applications, and other uses where the intended purpose is to produce a beneficial product or an end use.
567--219.2(455D) Definitions. As used in this chapter:
"Bagel cut" means to cut a tire in half along its circumference.
"Baled tire" means a method of compacting a waste tire whereby whole or cut tires are compressed into a bundle and then banded together. A tire bale shall be considered a solid waste.
"Beneficial use" means the use or application of a whole or processed waste tire in a manner that provides a benefit to an end user, other than from processing or recycling, and which does not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health and safety. Use of waste tires primarily as means for land disposal shall not be considered a beneficial use.
"Civil engineering applications" means a form of reusing waste tires, either whole or processed, in place of naturally occurring materials in construction, as long as the waste tires provide a defined engineering benefit.
"Crumb rubber" means a material derived by reducing waste tires or other rubber into uniform granules with the inherent reinforcing materials such as steel and fiber removed along with other contaminants.
"Cut waste tire" means a waste tire where the tire face, tread, or sidewall has been cut or removed, and these removed portions are to be beneficially reused. A cut tire shall consist of pieces greater than 18 inches on any one side.
"Department" means the Iowa department of natural resources.
"End user" means an entity that receives whole or proc-essed tire material and uses it as a finished product, as raw material for a manufacturing process or other beneficial use.
"Energy recovery" means the extraction of the fuel or heat value from whole or processed tires through their combustion.
"Passenger tire equivalent" means the equivalent weight of one passenger car tire which will be 20 pounds for the purpose of estimating waste tire amounts from a total weight figure.
"Shredded tire" means a tire cut into pieces not greater than 18 inches in any one dimension.
"Site of end use" means a site where whole or processed waste tires are recycled or reused in a beneficial manner authorized by the department.
"Tire processor" means a person who reduces waste tires into a processed form suitable for recycling, producing fuel for energy or heat, or any other beneficial use as authorized by the department. "Tire processor" does not mean a person who retreads tires or processes and stores tires.
"Waste tire" means a tire that is no longer suitable for its originally intended purpose due to wear, damage, or defect. "Waste tire" does not include a nonpneumatic tire.
"Whole tire" means a waste tire that has not been proc-essed or shredded in any manner, and which still retains the general shape and volume of a tire.
567--219.3(455D) Role of the department of natural resources. The department is responsible for the administration of the requirements of this chapter and will ensure that all approved uses of whole or processed waste tires do not pose a threat to the environment, or to public health, welfare, and safety. The department shall have the authority to determine if a proposed use of waste tires is beneficial and shall have the authority to approve or deny beneficial use applications if such a benefit is not evident.
567--219.4(455D) Waste tire products exempted. The following end uses of materials derived, processed, or recycled from waste tires shall be considered beneficial reuse under this chapter and shall not require an individual beneficial use designation from the department for their use at a specific site of end use.
1. Asphalt rubber, including asphalt cement modified with a crumb rubber modifier;
2. Buffing rubber, defined as high-quality tire rubber, which is a by-product from the conditioning of tire casings in preparation for retreading;
3. Carbon black derived from the thermal or oxidative decomposition of tires;
4. Crumb rubber material, including rubber granules used for soil amendments or surfacing materials;
5. Crumb rubber modifiers used in asphalt paving materials;
6. Tire-derived fuel (TDF), which is a fuel derived from waste tires, including whole tires, processed into pieces which satisfy the specifications of the end user for use as either a primary or supplemental fuel. Use of TDF will require modification of air source construction and operation permits if such use is not already recognized in the end user's permit.
567--219.5(455D) Beneficial uses for whole waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for whole waste tires and required notifications and approvals that must be obtained from the department prior to placement of waste tires at the site of end use.
219.5(1) Beneficial uses. The following applications shall be considered acceptable beneficial uses for whole waste tires:
a. Tire swings, sandboxes, or other equipment for child play areas at schools, care centers, and recreational areas;
b. Dock bumpers at vehicle loading/unloading docks or marine docks;
c. Crash barriers at racetracks;
d. Agricultural uses to hold down covers over hay, silage, and other agricultural commodities. When not in use, the tires should be neatly stacked;
e. Structures for military and police training at facilities under ownership or management of local, state, or federal agencies;
f. Artificial fishing reefs and fish habitat structures constructed at facilities under ownership or management of a county conservation board, the department, or a federal agency;
g. Stream bank erosion control and culvert outlet tire mats, constructed as follows:
(1) Tires shall be placed in a single layer, with tires banded together with a noncorrosive strip;
(2) The tires shall all be drilled or punctured to allow for outflow of air to prevent floatation during submerged conditions;
(3) The banded mat shall be anchored with cable of at least 0.5 inches in diameter;
(4) The cables shall then be fastened to buried anchors made of treated timbers or concrete, at least every 50 feet along the top of the mat and intermittently in the middle;
(5) The mat should extend four to six feet out on the channel bottom;
(6) The outermost row on the channel bottom shall be filled with rocks or broken concrete;
(7) Vegetation shall be planted in and around the tire mat; rows within the tire mat that are too wet for vegetation establishment shall be filled with rocks or broken concrete; and
(8) Any variation from these design standards shall be acceptable only under the direction of an Iowa licensed professional engineer.
h. Construction of residential dwelling structures or other buildings for which a building permit has been obtained from local government officials;
i. Culvert piping made from waste tires with a rim diameter of 21 inches or greater and subject to the following design criteria:
(1) The maximum depth of water flows within the culvert shall be no greater than 75 percent of the piping diameter;
(2) Sand or similar aggregate material must be installed in the lower portions of the culvert piping to provide ballast and to limit mosquito infestations;
(3) The culvert must not be installed below the seasonal groundwater high elevation;
(4) The maximum depth of earthen or aggregate coverings over the culvert shall not exceed the outside diameter of the whole tires used in the culvert;
(5) Soils used for backfill around and above the culvert shall be compacted so as to provide a culvert deflection of less than 5 percent of the outside diameter; and
(6) Vertical sections of tire culvert piping shall be designed with safety measures to prevent unauthorized access or hazards to children and animals.
219.5(2) Required notifications and approval. Prior to the installation or placement of beneficial uses of whole waste tires as approved in subrule 219.5(1), the owner or operator of the site of end use shall properly notify or seek approval from the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, for the proposed beneficial use under the following circumstances:
a. For applications of less than 250 whole waste tires, notification to the department shall not be required, subject to the end user's compliance with all requirements of this chapter.
b. For applications of 250 to 500 whole waste tires, the department shall be notified in writing no less than 30 days prior to the construction or placement of waste tires for a beneficial use, with the following information provided:
(1) The name of the owner, operator, or individual to be responsible for the beneficial use application at the site of end use, including address and telephone number;
(2) The address of the beneficial site of end use;
(3) The estimated total number of tires to be used;
(4) A description of the beneficial use application;
(5) A project time line, including proposed project start and end dates; and
(6) A statement regarding how such waste tires shall be properly disposed of by the site owner in the event that the beneficial use is discontinued or dismantled.
c. For applications of 500 or more waste tires, approval by the department shall be obtained prior to any such applications. Approval requests shall be made to the department in writing and shall contain all information as requested in paragraph 219.5(2)"b," as well as a scaled plan of the site of end use with areas noted where whole waste tires are to be placed, including locations of the site of end use property lines and the location of any structures within 500 feet of the site of end use.
219.5(3) Prevention of public health risks. All beneficial uses of whole waste tires as approved in this rule shall incorporate into their design and construction measures to prevent the retention and stagnation of water, in the event that such conditions are likely to exist. These measures shall include, at a minimum, the piercing or drilling of holes in whole waste tires to allow for water drainage. Such measures shall be designed to minimize risks to public health and safety caused by the breeding of disease-carrying insects and rodents.
567--219.6(455D) Beneficial uses for shredded waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for shredded waste tires and required design criteria that shall be observed in the placement of shredded tires at the site of end use. The following applications shall be considered acceptable beneficial uses for shredded waste tires:
1. Horizontal drainage "French drain" structures designed to lower the groundwater table and to transport excess water to another location or drainage structure, to be constructed as follows:

* The elevation of the drain outlet must be lower than the average seasonal groundwater table, so as to allow gravity drainage through the drain structure;

* The drainage structure width shall be no less than three feet and no more than six feet;

* The minimum depth of shredded tire material in the trench shall be greater than four feet;

* The minimum thickness of backfill over the trench shall be two feet;

* Headloss of water flowing through the drain shall be due to elevation changes only; and

* Any site of end use to contain drainage structures composed of more than 300 cubic yards of shredded tires shall be constructed under the auspices of an Iowa licensed professional engineer.
2. On-site wastewater treatment and disposal system construction, to include use of shredded tires in lateral trenches and as fill to cover distribution pipes, under the following conditions:

* The on-site wastewater treatment and disposal system is constructed and permitted according to the requirements of 567--Chapter 69;

* Shredded tires to be used in the system shall have a minimum dimension of one inch on any one side and a maximum dimension of three inches on any one side; and

* The administrative authority responsible for issuance of the permit approves the beneficial use. The authority shall have the sole discretion to deny use of shredded tires in system construction based on any engineering or design principle concerns.
3. Lightweight fill in public roads, public road embankment construction, and other public civil engineering applications, if all of the following conditions are met:

* The tire shreds are of uniform composition and sizing;

* The tire shreds are not mixed with other solid wastes, vegetation, composted materials, or other processed tire products, including separated tire bead wire, steel cording or nylon fibers;

* The tires are not placed in direct contact with surface or groundwater;

* The shredded tires are isolated from overburden materials by a protective membrane or liner to prevent intrusion and settling of overburden; and

* An Iowa licensed professional engineer designs and supervises the incorporation of shredded tires in beneficial uses of this manner.
4. Structural foundation drainage material used in a project as approved through a local building permit; and
5. A bulking agent for composting operations at permitted composting facilities, with tire shreds used to be no larger than three inches on any one side.
567--219.7(455D) Beneficial uses for baled waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for baled waste tires and required notifications and approvals that must be obtained from the department prior to placement of baled tires at the site of end use.
219.7(1) Beneficial uses. Civil engineering applications including stream bank and soil erosion control shall be considered acceptable beneficial use applications for baled waste tires. Such applications involving the use of more than 50 cubic yards of baled waste tires to be used at any one site of end use must be conducted under the immediate direction of one of the following entities:
1. A federal agency, including but not limited to the Army Corps of Engineers, a Resource Conservation and Development district office, or the Bureau of Land Management;
2. A state agency including, but not limited to, the Iowa department of transportation; or
3. An Iowa licensed professional engineer.
219.7(2) Required notifications and approval. Prior to the installation or placement of beneficial uses of baled waste tires as approved in subrule 219.7(1), the owner or operator of the site of end use shall properly notify or seek approval from the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, for the proposed beneficial use under the following circumstances:
a. For applications of less than 25 cubic yards of baled waste tires at a site of end use, notification to the department shall not be required, subject to the end user's compliance with all requirements of this chapter.
b. For applications of 25 to 50 cubic yards of baled waste tires, the department shall be notified in writing no less than 30 days prior to the construction or placement of waste tires for a beneficial use, with the following information provided:
(1) The name of the owner, operator, or individual to be responsible for the beneficial use application at the site of end use, including address and telephone number;
(2) The address of the beneficial site of end use;
(3) The estimated total number of cubic yards of tires to be used;
(4) A description of the beneficial use application;
(5) A project time line, including proposed project start and end dates; and
(6) A statement regarding how such waste tires shall be properly disposed of by the site owner in the event that the beneficial use is discontinued or dismantled.
c. For beneficial use applications of 50 or more cubic yards of baled waste tires, approval by the department shall be obtained prior to any such applications. Approval requests shall be made to the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, in writing and shall contain all information as requested in paragraph 219.7(2)"b," as well as a scaled plan of the site of end use with areas noted where baled waste tires are to be placed, including locations of the site of end use property lines, and the location of any structures within 500 feet of the site of end use.
567--219.8(455D) Beneficial uses for cut waste tires. This rule establishes acceptable beneficial uses for cut waste tires. Notifications and approvals shall not be required by the department prior to the use or placement of cut tires at a site of end use as approved in this rule, so long as such uses incorporate into their design and construction measures to prevent the retention and stagnation of surface water, in the event that such conditions are likely to exist. Such measures shall be designed to minimize risks to public health and safety caused by the breeding of disease-carrying insects and rodents. The following applications shall be considered acceptable beneficial uses for cut waste tires:
1. Agricultural uses to hold down covers over hay, silage, and other agricultural commodities;
2. Traffic control devices for use in public roadway construction projects;
3. Portable surfaces manufactured from tire faces or tread;
4. Silt collection fences manufactured from tire faces or tread; and
5. Bagel-cut tires used for underturf water conservation and turf growth enhancement systems at golf courses.
567--219.9(455D) Requests for approval of other beneficial use designations. The department shall have the authority to approve or deny requests for beneficial use applications for whole, shredded, baled, or cut waste tires that are not specifically addressed within this chapter. Requests for such use determinations shall be made to the department's environmental protection division, solid waste section, in writing. The department may request project descriptions and supporting scientific and engineering data to determine if a request for a beneficial use designation is warranted. The department shall have the sole authority to deny a beneficial use request if the department determines that any one of the following conditions exists:
1. The requested beneficial use designation poses a risk to the environment or to public health, welfare, and safety;
2. The requested beneficial use designation is determined to have the primary purpose as a land disposal mechanism, and any beneficial use would be incidental in nature; or
3. The requested beneficial use designation would not be in accordance with other applicable federal, state, or local laws, regulations, and ordinances.
567--219.10(455D) Compliance with local, state, and federal regulations. Any proposed beneficial use project or application of whole, shredded, baled, or cut waste tires may require approval or permits from federal, state, and local agencies, under other laws, regulations, and ordinances, as applicable, including but not limited to the following:
1. The Army Corps of Engineers for projects involving navigable waterways and other waterways over which they have jurisdiction;
2. Waste tire beneficial use applications involving placement on or within land or waters contained within a floodplain shall have necessary approval from the department's floodplain management program, as specified in 567--Chapters 70 through 75; and
3. Local building codes, zoning and land-use covenants, ordinances, and guidelines.
567--219.11(455D) Storage of waste tires prior to beneficial use application. Whole, shredded, cut, or baled tires to be used for a beneficial use application may be stored at the site of end use, subject to the following requirements:
219.11(1) Tires may be stored in piles or bales for no longer than 60 days prior to the date of application, excepting whole waste tires for agricultural uses as specified in paragraph 219.5(1)"d."
219.11(2) All storage of such waste tire materials shall be conducted in accordance with current statutes of the uniform fire code and shall also meet the following requirements:
a. No single tire pile shall contain more than 50,000 cubic feet of waste tire material;
b. The highest (vertical) dimension of any tire pile shall not exceed 10 feet;
c. The largest surface area covered by a pile shall not exceed 5,000 square feet; and
d. Fire lanes having a minimum width of 40 feet must be maintained between any two tire piles.
219.11(3) Any storage of waste tires associated with a proposed beneficial reuse project at a site of end use that exists longer than 60 days without implementation of completion of a beneficial reuse project shall be subject to the waste tire storage permitting requirements as contained in 567--Chapter 117.
These rules are intended to implement 1996 Iowa Acts, House File 2433, section 9.
ARC 8226A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 234.6, the Department of Human Services proposes to amend Chapter 153, "Social Services Block Grant and Funding for Local Services," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments revise policy governing the State Payment Program as follows:

* Policy is revised to incorporate changes needed due to the inclusion of State Payment Program recipients with a primary diagnosis of mental illness in the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health (Iowa Plan). See ARC 8219A, herein, for rules implementing the Iowa Plan effective January 1, 1999. The Iowa Plan contractor shall manage and cover all services for these recipients which the State Payment Program would fund for the member if the person were not the responsibility of the Iowa Plan, i.e., the same services provided by the county to its residents in the county's last approved county management plan from the county mental health, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities fund.
The Iowa Plan contractor will also manage Medicaid-funded mental health and substance abuse services for these recipients if they are also Medicaid beneficiaries in eligibility groups included in the Iowa Plan. Payment for services which are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan contractor shall be made in accordance with the Iowa Plan's procedures and at the rate established by the contractor. Financial participation on the part of the member whose case is being managed by the contractor shall be governed by the financial participation provisions of the Iowa Plan.
Decisions other than eligibility decisions made by the Iowa Plan contractor adversely affecting applicants or members shall be first reviewed pursuant to the contractor's review process and then, if not satisfactorily resolved, through the Department's appeal procedures.
The term "enrolled person" is changed to "member" to use the same terminology as used by the Iowa Plan for these recipients.

* Policy is clarified to provide that a person must be present in the state without legal settlement in an Iowa county to receive services under the State Payment Program. Out-of-state providers will not be paid.

* Policy is clarified to provide that eligibility for services and payment for services for a member shall be based on the eligibility guidelines and services provided in the last approved county management plan of the county in which the member is residing.

* Allowable service costs for residential providers without a purchase of service contract are more clearly defined to reduce errors in providers' representation of service costs to the Department.

* Contracting requirements for providers without a purchase of service contract are clarified to help protect members and the Department.

* Policy is clarified regarding which costs are not covered by the State Payment Program.

* Policy is revised to clarify the effective date of an applicant's eligibility for the State Payment Program. The effective date shall be the date the Department's service worker receives a signed State Payment Program Eligibility Determination, Form 470-0604, or Application for All Social Services, Form 470-0615, unless referral is made through a central point of coordination. If referral is made through a central point of coordination, the central point of coordination application date may be used as the effective date if the application includes a properly completed legal settlement worksheet and is received in the Department's county office within 35 days of the central point of coordination application date. Retroactive payments will not be made prior to the effective date.
If the Department's service worker is not supplied with information required to complete the application within 30 days of the worker's written request, the worker may deny the application.

* Other minor changes are made clarifying operation of the program and the roles of various Department personnel.
Consideration will be given to all written data, views, and arguments thereto received by the Bureau of Policy Analysis, Department of Human Services, Hoover State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0114, on or before September 2, 1998.
Oral presentations may be made by persons appearing at the following meetings. Written comments will also be accepted at these times.
Cedar Rapids - September 3, 1998 10 a.m.
Cedar Rapids Regional Office
Iowa Building - Suite 600
Sixth Floor Conference Room
411 Third St. S.E.
Cedar Rapids, Iowa 52401
Council Bluffs - September 2, 1998 10 a.m.
Council Bluffs Regional Office
Administrative Conference Room
417 E. Kanesville Boulevard
Council Bluffs, Iowa 51501
Davenport - September 2, 1998 10 a.m.
Davenport Area Office
Bicentennial Building - Fifth Floor
Conference Room 3
428 Western
Davenport, Iowa 52801
Des Moines - September 3, 1998 10 a.m.
Des Moines Regional Office
City View Plaza
Conference Room 104
1200 University
Des Moines, Iowa 50314
Mason City - September 3, 1998 10:30 a.m.
Mason City Area Office
Mohawk Square, Liberty Room
22 North Georgia Avenue
Mason City, Iowa 50401
Ottumwa - September 4, 1998 10 a.m.
Ottumwa Area Office
Conference Room 2
120 East Main
Ottumwa, Iowa 52501
Sioux City - September 2, 1998 9 a.m.
Sioux City Regional Office
Fifth Floor, Conference Room B
520 Nebraska St.
Sioux City, Iowa 51101
Waterloo - September 2, 1998 10:30 a.m.
Waterloo Regional Office
Pinecrest Office Building
Conference Room 420
1407 Independence Avenue
Waterloo, Iowa 50703
Any persons who intend to attend a public hearing and have special requirements such as hearing or vision impairments should contact the Bureau of Policy Analysis at (515)281-8440 and advise of special needs.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 234.6(6).
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend 441--Chapter 153, Division IV, Preamble, first paragraph, as follows:
PREAMBLE

The state payment program for services to adults provides 100 percent state funds to pay for mental illness, mental retardation and developmental disabilities local services for eligible persons who have no legal settlement in Iowa. This ensures that each of the mental illness, mental retardation and developmental disabilities local services provided by an Iowa county to residents who have legal settlement is also available to residents of that county who do not have legal settlement. For residents without legal settlement, the state payment program mirrors the services which would otherwise be available to them from the county mental health, mental retardation and developmental disabilities services fund through the county central point of coordination.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 441--153.51(234) as follows:
Amend the definition of "Approved county management plan" as follows:
"Approved county management plan" means the county plan developed pursuant to Iowa Code Supplement section 331.439 that has been approved by the department's director.
Rescind the definition of "Enrolled person."
Adopt the following new definitions in alphabetical order:
"Application date" means the date a signed Form 470-0604, State Payment Program Eligibility Determination, is received in the county office. See subrule 153.53(4).
"Department's service worker" means the department's county service worker or the department's Title XIX case manager.
"Division administrator" means the administrator of the division of mental health and developmental disabilities of the department.
"Iowa Plan" means the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health established by the department's division of medical services as the managed care plan to provide mental health and substance abuse services. The Iowa Plan shall manage behavioral health services to state payment program members with a diagnosis of mental illness or chronic mental illness (even if the member has a coexisting diagnosis of mental retardation or developmental disability).
"Member" means a person authorized by the division to receive benefits from the state payment program.
"Provider" means an Iowa provider of mental health, mental retardation, or developmental disability services who has a valid purchase of service contract with the department for the service or a valid special mental health provider agreement with the division for the service, or is a participating provider with the Iowa Plan for services to Iowa Plan members.
ITEM 3. Amend subrules 153.52(1) and 153.52(3) as follows:
153.52(1) Eligibility criteria. When residing in a county without an approved county management plan, meet the eligibility criteria established in rule 441--153.33(234) the last approved county management plan. When residing in a county with an approved county management plan, meet the eligibility criteria in the approved plan.
153.52(3) Residency. Be a resident of Iowa present in the state without legal settlement in an Iowa county.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 441--153.53(234) as follows:
441--153.53(234) Application procedure.
153.53(1) Application by service worker. It shall be the responsibility of the department's county office service workers to make application for the state payment program for any person they serve who may be eligible. An application for a person awaiting discharge from a state mental health institute or state hospital school shall be initiated by the institution's social worker and forwarded to the department's service worker for completion. Applications shall be made only with the knowledge and consent of the person or the person's legal or personal representative. An applicant residing in a county with an approved county management plan, with the consent of that county's central point of coordination, may be required to make application through the central point of coordination process.
153.53(2) Eligibility for services. Applicants for the state payment program must first be determined eligible for services following the application procedure in rule 441-- 130.2(234). An applicant residing in a county with an approved county management plan shall be determined eligible following based on the eligibility guidelines contained in the approved county management plan. An applicant residing in a county without an approved county management plan shall be determined eligible based on the eligibility guidelines of the last approved county management plan. The department's county office service worker is responsible for the decision made on eligibility based on the approved county management plan.
A person eligible for the state payment program as of June 30, 1996, shall remain eligible as long as the eligibility requirements in effect on June 30, 1996, are met.
153.53(3) Application requirements. Applications shall be made on Form SS-1106-0 470-0604, State Payment Program Eligibility Determination, and shall include a copy of the applicant's case plan; a copy of a study or report signed by a licensed physician, psychiatrist, or psychologist which establishes a diagnosis of mental illness, mental retardation, or developmental disability or a copy of a study or report signed by a licensed independent social worker or licensed master social worker which establishes a diagnosis of mental illness which is not secondary to a medical condition; Form RS-1120-0 470-0555, Services Reporting System, completed except for item 41 and the last two digits of item 40; and additional narrative as follows:
a. to c. No change.
d. An explanation of the applicant's financial status, including Title XIX, Medicare, veteran and social security status and other entitlements.
e. A statement verifying that the services requested are in the approved county management plan of the applicant's county of residence and would be funded by the county for the applicant if the applicant had legal settlement in the county.
f. A statement that the provider identified either (1) has a valid purchase of service agreement for the services requested, or (2) the provider has a valid special mental health provider agreement for the service established by Form 470-3336, State Payment Provider Enrollment Information. If the provider does not have one of these agreements, Form 470-3336 completed by the provider and a copy of the provider's agreement with a county under an approved county management plan which specifies the unit of service and the lowest unit rate paid by a county shall be included with the application materials submitted to central office.
g. A statement that the provider is a participating provider with the Iowa Plan when the applicant's diagnosis is mental illness or chronic mental illness.
153.53(4) Application date. The date of application is the date a signed Form SS 1106-0 470-0604, State Payment Program Eligibility Determination, is received in the department's county office. For applications processed through a central point of coordination, the date of application is the date a signed county application is received in the office of the central point of coordination. The application date from a completed and signed Form SS-1120 470-0615, Application for Social Services, or a completed and signed central point of coordination (CPC) application form, may be transferred, as the effective date, to Form SS 1106-0 470-0604, State Payment Program Eligibility Determination, when the CPC application received by the department's county office contains a legal settlement worksheet completed in accordance with provisions of Iowa Code chapter 252 and other applicable laws and rulings of courts, and the CPC application is received in the department's county office within 35 days of the CPC application date.
153.53(5) Application submission. The application shall be completed by the department's service worker and submitted with materials required by subrule 153.53(3) to the division within 30 days of the application date the department's county office receives a signed Form 470-0604, or a signed Form 470-0615, or a signed CPC application form containing a legal settlement worksheet completed in accordance with provisions of Iowa Code chapter 252 and other applicable laws and rulings of courts.
ITEM 5. Amend rule 441--153.54(234) as follows:
441--153.54(234) Eligible services. Services eligible for reimbursement pursuant to this division of the rules are, for applicants residing in a county without an approved county management plan, the following mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities local services: adult day care, adult support, community supervised apartment living arrangements, adult residential services, sheltered work, supported employment, supported work training, transportation, and work activity services defined in the last approved county management plan where the applicant resides. For applicants residing in a county with an approved county management plan, the applicant is eligible for the services defined in the plan of the applicant's county of residence.
A person receiving a service under the state payment program as of June 30, 1996, which is not in the approved county management plan shall continue to remain eligible for that service as long as the eligibility requirements in effect on June 30, 1996, are met.
ITEM 6. Amend rule 441--153.55(234) as follows:
441--153.55(234) Service provision.
153.55(1) Purchased services. The state payment program provides payment for mental illness, mental retardation and developmental disabilities local services to enrolled persons as follows. Social casework as defined in rule 441-- 131.1(234) will be provided by the department, or with agreement, through a county central point of coordination process, during the period for which services are paid. Regardless of who provides the social casework, the The department has final responsibility for any decisions that may be subject to appeal. The state payment program provides payment for mental illness, mental retardation and developmental disabilities local services to members as follows.
a. For enrolled persons with mental retardation members without a mental illness or chronic mental illness, payment will be provided for services as long as the person is eligible and the following criteria are met:
(1) The provider and the department have a valid purchase of service agreement for the service pursuant to 441--Chapter 150, or the provider has a contract with a county to provide services under an approved county management plan which specifies the unit of service and the unit rate to be paid by the county, and the provider has completed and signed division has accepted the provider for a special mental health provider agreement via Form 470-3336, State Payment Program Provider Enrollment Information.
(2) For an enrolled person a member residing in a county without an approved county management plan, the service is in the county's plan for mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities local purchase services last approved county management plan and payment for the service for other residents would be made from the county mental health, mental retardation and developmental disabilities services fund. For an enrolled person a member residing in a county with an approved county management plan, the service is provided under the approved plan and paid payment for the service for other residents would be made from the county mental health, mental retardation and developmental disabilities services fund.
(3) The service is provided or paid for by the enrolled person's member's county of residence to persons who have legal settlement there.
(4) Residential providers shall be approved providers under the department's state supplementary assistance (SSA) program. Residential providers who are not approved to receive SSA funds for maintenance costs are not eligible for a special mental health provider agreement with the state payment program.
(5) Service providers shall access the other payment systems for which the member is eligible prior to billing the state payment program.
b. For enrolled persons members with a mental illness or a developmental disability chronic mental illness, payment for services will be provided made through the Iowa Plan as long as the person is eligible and the following criteria are met:
(1) The provider and the department have a valid purchase of service agreement for the service pursuant to 441--Chapter 150 or the provider has a contract with a county to provide services under an approved county management plan which specifies the unit of service and the unit rate to be paid by the county, and the provider has completed and signed Form 470-3336, State Payment Program Provider Enrollment Information is a participating provider with the Iowa Plan.
(2) For an enrolled person a member residing in a county without an approved county management plan, the service is in the county's plan for mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities local purchase services for the person's county of residence or the service is provided or paid for by the person's county of residence for persons who have legal settlement in the county Iowa Plan contractor has verified the member's state payment program eligibility with the department and the service is in the county's last approved plan and payment for the service is made for other residents from the county mental health, mental retardation and developmental disabilities services fund.
(3) For an enrolled person a member residing in a county with an approved county management plan, the Iowa Plan contractor has verified the person's state payment program eligibility with the department and the service is provided under the approved county management plan and paid payment for the service for other residents is made from the county mental health, mental retardation and developmental disabilities services fund.
153.55(2) Excluded costs. The following costs are excluded from payment by the state payment program:
a. The costs for an enrolled person's a member's maintenance (room and board), medical services and other needs are not paid by the state payment program when the person is eligible for Medicaid, social security or state supplementary assistance except when the cost is included as an integral part in the mental illness, mental retardation, and developmental disabilities service received by the enrolled person and the cost cannot be separated from the rest of the service cost. The state payment program pays only the net service cost of a residential service.
b. Services received prior to the effective date.
c. The cost of local services which the member is eligible to have funded by private sources or by other state or federal programs or funds.
d. Service costs which are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan contractor. The Iowa Plan contractor shall cover all services which the state payment program would fund for the member if the member were not the responsibility of the Iowa Plan. For members funded through the Iowa Plan, the services covered by the Iowa Plan are services in full, and payment made by the Iowa Plan for the services is payment in full.
e. Funeral and embalming, burial or cremation costs.
ITEM 7. Amend rule 441--153.56(234) as follows:
441--153.56(234) Eligibility determination.
153.56(1) Certification by central office. Following receipt of a completed Form SS 1106-0 470-0604 and required accompanying documentation from the county office or the county central point of coordination specified in subrule 153.53(3), central office staff of the department shall complete the determination of eligibility as follows:
a. Iowa counties, other states and counties, agencies, institutions, professional persons and other sources shall be contacted as necessary, and court records and other documents shall be reviewed as necessary to determine the applicant's eligibility for benefits.
b. The applicant's legal settlement status shall be ascertained in accordance with Iowa Code sections 252.16 and 252.17 and with other applicable laws, rulings of courts and opinions of the Iowa attorney general.
c. The applicant's eligibility for the state payment program shall be certified to the department's county office and, when applicable, the central point of coordination and the Iowa Plan contractor on Form SS-1106-0 470-0604 within 30 days of receipt in central office of the completed application and all verifications specified in subrule 153.53(3).
153.56(2) Notification of applicant.
a. Following certification by central office, central office the department's service worker shall notify the applicant of the decision in accordance with department requirements and procedures.
b. Notifications of service changes and terminations for members without mental illness or chronic mental illness are the responsibility of the department's county office using the department's notice of decision in accordance with department requirements and procedures.
c. Notifications of service changes and terminations for members with mental illness or chronic mental illness are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan contractor and shall include notification to the department's service worker for the member.
153.56(3) Effective date. An applicant's eligibility for state payment program funding shall be effective from the date of application.
If the department's service worker is not supplied with information required in subrule 153.53(3) to complete the application within 30 days of the worker's written request for specific information, the application may be denied by the department.
153.56(4) Redetermination. Redeterminations of eligibility for the state payment program shall be done when the enrolled person's member's eligibility for services is redetermined and also at the time a change in the enrolled person's member's legal settlement status has been calculated to occur or does occur.
ITEM 8. Amend rule 441--153.57(234) as follows:
441--153.57(234) Program administration.
153.57(1) Provider responsibilities.
a. For an enrolled person a member whose case is being managed by department staff the department's service worker, in providing services to the person member, the provider shall follow the department's case plan and shall submit quarterly reports on the member's progress to the department department's service worker assigned responsibility for the case as required by 441--subparagraph 150.3(3)"j"(2).
b. For a member whose case is being managed by the department's service worker and the Iowa Plan contractor, the provider shall follow the case plan designated by the Iowa Plan and shall submit reports as required by the Iowa Plan.
c. For an enrolled person a member whose case is being managed by the department's service worker and a county central point of coordination, the provider shall follow the central point of coordination's case plan and shall submit quarterly reports on the member's progress to the department department's service worker and central point of coordination, as required by 441--subparagraph 150.3(3)"j"(2).
d. Providers furnishing services to enrolled persons members who are residents of a county without an approved county management plan shall furnish services in accordance with the provisions of the last approved county management plan, federal and state statutes and regulations, the department rules governing the mental illness, mental retardation and developmental disabilities local services being provided, and the rules of this chapter.
e. Providers furnishing services to members whose cases are being managed by the department's service worker and the Iowa Plan contractor shall furnish services in accordance with federal and state statutes and regulations and department rules, and Iowa Plan criteria.
f. Providers shall cooperate in furnishing the Iowa Plan contractor with any information the provider has that is necessary to determine the initial or continued eligibility of a person for whom funding is sought through the Iowa Plan.
g. Providers shall cooperate in providing the department with any information the provider has that is necessary to determine the initial or continued eligibility of a person for whom funding is sought. Providers shall notify the department within 30 days of any change in a member's circumstances that would affect the member's eligibility or the member's cost of services.
h. Providers shall maintain in good standing all certifications, accreditation, licensure, or other applicable federal and state statutory and regulatory requirements; comply with all applicable federal and state confidentiality laws and applicable rules in the Iowa Administrative Code; and comply with all applicable federal and state requirements with respect to civil rights, equal employment opportunity, and affirmative action.
i. Providers shall notify the division administrator within 24 hours of any change in licensure, certification, accreditation, or other applicable statutory or regulatory standing. Providers shall maintain, for a period of five years from the date of service, clinical and financial records adequate to support the need for and provision of the services purchased by the department. The department or its authorized agent shall have access to these records to perform any clinical or fiscal audits the department deems necessary.
j. Providers shall comply with the rules of this chapter.
k. Providers under investigation by any federal or state statutory or regulatory authority may be prohibited from accepting for service any new applicants or members whom the providers did not already serve on the date the investigation was initiated. For the duration of the investigation, the provider shall not be prohibited from serving and receiving payment for services provided to members whom the provider served on the date the investigation was initiated.
153.57(2) Department responsibilities. The department as sponsoring agency shall be responsible for all contacts with governmental units as necessary, with in-state and out-of-state agencies as necessary, with the applicant or enrolled person's member's family and others in matters concerning the applicant or enrolled person's member's legal settlement and residency, entitlements from other sources and eligibility for the state payment program.
The department shall verify with the county central point of coordination the services and unit rates of providers applying for a special mental health provider agreement by Form 470-3336.
The department reserves the right to terminate special mental health provider agreements established via Form 470-3336 for any reason by giving the provider 30 days' notice. Failure by a provider to abide by the rules of this chapter may be cause for termination. Citations or sanctions against the provider by any federal or state statutory or regulatory authority may be cause for termination.
The department reserves the right not to enter into a special mental health provider agreement with a provider who has been cited or sanctioned by a federal or state statutory or regulatory authority within two years of the provider's application for a special mental health provider agreement via Form 470-3336, or who has failed to demonstrate that the provider meets the requirements for a special mental health provider agreement as stated in this chapter.
153.57(3) Payment to providers. The following policies shall govern payment to providers for services furnished to enrolled persons members:
a. Payment for service shall be made in accordance with 441--Chapter 150 and departmental procedures. Form AA-2241-0 470-0020, Purchase of Service Provider Invoice, shall be used to bill for services covered by a purchase of service contract or authorized under an approved county management plan a special mental health provider agreement for services actually provided to a member from the effective date of state payment program eligibility.
Payment for services which are the responsibility of the Iowa Plan contractor shall be made in accordance with the Iowa Plan's procedures and shall not be submitted on Form 470-0020, Purchase of Service Provider Invoice, for payment.
Form 625-5297, Claim Order/Claim Voucher, shall be used for all other services.
b. Payment to a provider for services provided to an enrolled person a member shall be the lowest rate established for the service by a county with an approved county management plan including, but not limited to, rates established pursuant to 441--subrule 150.22(6). Payment to a provider for services to a member whose case is being managed by the department's service worker and the Iowa Plan shall be at the rate established by the Iowa Plan contractor.
c. Rescinded IAB 7/2/97, effective 7/1/97.
d. Financial participation on the part of the enrolled person in the payment member for services and maintenance for persons members residing in and receiving services from the state payment program in a county without an approved county management plan shall be governed by the rules of the programs provided and where appropriate by rule 441--130.4(234) financial participation provisions of the last approved county management plan or under other applicable conditions as stated in the rules which apply to the services requested or received.
Financial participation on the part of the enrolled person in the payment for services for persons member residing and receiving services from the state payment program in a county with an approved county management plan shall be governed by the financial participation provisions of the approved county management plan.
Financial participation on the part of a member whose case is being managed by the department and the Iowa Plan contractor shall be governed by the financial participation provisions of the Iowa Plan.
e. Payment for outdated warrants and for invoices for services and claims over which there is dispute with the department shall be submitted to the state appeals board, in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 25. Payment for invoices for services and claims over which there is dispute with the Iowa Plan contractor shall be made according to the procedures established by the Iowa Plan contractor.
ITEM 9. Amend rule 441--153.58(234) as follows:
441--153.58(234) Reduction, denial or termination of benefits. For enrolled persons members residing in and receiving services from the state payment program in a county without an approved county management plan, the person's state payment program benefits may be denied, terminated or reduced according to rule 441--130.5(234) the provisions of the last approved county management plan or under other applicable conditions as stated in the rules which apply to the services requested or received.
For enrolled persons members residing and receiving services from the state payment program in a county with an approved county management plan, the person's member's state payment program benefits may be denied, terminated or reduced according to the provisions of the approved county management plan.
An Iowa Plan member's state payment program benefits may be denied, terminated or reduced according to the provisions of the last approved county management plan of the member's county of residence. The department shall at all times retain control over eligibility determination. The Iowa Plan contractor shall communicate with the department at least quarterly regarding the member's status and services.
An enrolled person's A member's state payment program benefits shall be terminated on the date the person member acquires legal settlement in a county of the state or the date the member ceases to be a resident of Iowa as defined in this chapter.
The department's service worker in the county office is responsible for completing notices of decision to the enrolled person member and sending copies to central office the state payment program manager and, where applicable, the Iowa Plan contractor regarding service changes and terminations.
ITEM 10. Amend rule 441--153.59(234) as follows:
441--153.59(234) Appeals. Decisions regarding eligibility of any applicant and decisions adversely affecting applicants or enrolled persons members who are not eligible for the Iowa Plan may be appealed pursuant to 441--Chapter 7.
Decisions (other than eligibility) adversely affecting applicants or members who are eligible for the Iowa Plan shall be first appealed pursuant to the Iowa Plan contractor's appeal provisions, and then, if not satisfactorily disposed, pursuant to 441--Chapter 7.
Decisions made by the Iowa Plan contractor adversely affecting service providers shall be reviewed pursuant to the Iowa Plan contractor's appeal provisions.
Decisions Department decisions adversely affecting service providers with a current purchase of service contract may be reviewed pursuant to 441--subrule 150.3(9).
Providers without a purchase of service contract with a special mental health provider agreement who are adversely affected by a department decision may request a review. The procedure for this review is as follows:
a 1. The provider shall send a written request for review to the division administrator within 10 working days of receipt of the decision in question. This request shall document the specific area in question and the remedy desired. The division administrator shall provide a written response within 10 30 working days.
b 2. When dissatisfied with the division's division administrator's response, the provider may appeal this decision within 10 working days to the director of the department, who will issue the final department decision within 14 working days.
ARC 8233A
PUBLIC SAFETY DEPARTMENT[661]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 321.4, the Iowa Department of Public Safety hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 4, "Weapons," Iowa Administrative Code.
On November 30, 1998, the Federal Bureau of Investigation will institute the new NICS (National Instant Check System) for screening of prospective purchasers of firearms. The system will access criminal history files along with other databases with information which could indicate that a prospective purchaser is disqualified from acquiring a firearm under state or federal law. These amendments add a definition of NICS to Iowa's weapons permitting rules (Item 1) and provide that checks through NICS shall be run prior to the issuance of permits to acquire or permits to carry in Iowa (Items 2 and 3). In addition, two existing definitions are edited. The definition of applicant is modified to include applicants for permits to acquire as well as permits to carry. The definition of the IOWA System is edited for usage only with no substantive change. Item 4 corrects a cross-reference and an address within rule 661--4.9(17A,724), and adds an E-mail address for inquiries regarding weapons classified as collector's items.
A public hearing on these proposed amendments will be held on September 3, 1998, at 9:30 a.m., in the Third Floor Conference Room of the Wallace State Office Building, East Ninth and Grand, Des Moines, Iowa 50319. Persons may present their views orally or in writing at the public hearing. Persons who wish to make oral presentations at the public hearing should contact the Plans and Research Bureau, Iowa Department of Public Safety, Wallace State Office Build-ing, Des Moines, Iowa 50319, by telephone at (515)281-5524, or by electronic mail via the Internet atadmrule@dps.state.ia.us at least one day prior to the public hearing. Any written comments or information regarding these amendments should be directed to the Plans and Research Bureau at one of the addresses indicated. Persons who wish to convey their views orally other than at the public hearing may contact the Plans and Research Bureau by telephone or in person at the Bureau office at least one day prior to the public hearing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 724.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 661--4.1(724) as follows:
Amend the following definitions:
"Applicant" means a person who is applying for a permit to acquire pistols or revolvers or to carry weapons.
"I.O.W.A. IOWA system" means the Iowa On-line Warrants and Articles Criminal Justice Information System operated by the Iowa department of public safety for use by law enforcement and criminal justice agencies in the exchange of criminal history and other criminal justice information.
Add the following new definition in alphabetical order:
"NICS" means the National Instant Criminal Background Check System established by the Federal Bureau of Investigation for the purpose of determining whether the transfer of a firearm to any person would be in violation of federal or state law. A NICS check shall include inquiries to the Iowa computerized criminal history database and the Iowa on-line warrants and articles (IOWA) system persons file.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 661--4.4(724) as follows:
Amend subrule 4.4(2) as follows:
4.4(2) The sheriff may use discretion in determining whether or not to issue the permit. Prior to issuing the permit, the sheriff shall determine that the applicant is not a convicted felon, or otherwise prohibited from possessing or acquiring a firearm under either Iowa or federal law, by running a NICS check obtaining criminal history data through the I.O.W.A. system from the department and the Federal Bureau of Investigation through the IOWA system. The sheriff may restrict or limit the authority of professional and nonprofessional permits.
Amend subrule 4.4(5) as follows:
4.4(5) Prior to issuing the permit, the commissioner shall determine that the applicant is not a convicted felon, or otherwise prohibited from possessing or acquiring a firearm under either Iowa or federal law, by running a NICS check through the IOWA system. If the commissioner determines that a permit will be issued to a nonresident, the commissioner may restrict or limit the authority granted by the permit.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 4.5(2) as follows:
4.5(2) Prior to issuing the permit to acquire pistols or revolvers, the sheriff shall determine that the applicant is not a convicted felon, or otherwise prohibited from possessing or acquiring a firearm under either Iowa or federal law, by running a NICS check through the IOWA system. by obtaining criminal history data through the I.O.W.A. system from the Iowa department of public safety and the Federal Bureau of Investigation.
ITEM 4. Amend rule 661--4.9(17A,724) as follows:
Amend subrule 4.9(1) as follows:
4.9(1) The current list of updates promulgated by the United States Department of Treasury, Bureau of Alcohol, Tobacco and Firearms as identified in rule 661-- 4.18(17A,724) subrule 4.8(1).
Amend subrule 4.9(3) as follows:
4.9(3) The lists are available without cost by writing or contacting the Iowa Department of Public Safety, Administrative Services Division Field Services Bureau, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa 50319-0045, or calling (515)281-3211 7610, or by Electronic mail via the Internet at wpinfo@dps.state.ia.us.
ARC 8232A
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 99F.4, the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 20, "Application Proc-ess for Excursion Boats and Racetrack Enclosure Gaming License," Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 requires recipients of nonprofit distributions to explain how their receipt of this money would benefit residents of Iowa.
Item 2 requires the qualified sponsoring organization, before funding a request, to consider how it would benefit residents of Iowa. It also does not allow the qualified sponsoring organization to distribute to an organization that has an employee, officer or director who is a member of the Commission.
Any person may make written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments on or before September 1, 1998. Written material should be directed to the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa 50309. Persons who wish to convey their views orally should contact the Commission office at (515)281-7352.
Also, there will be a public hearing on September 1, 1998, at 9 a.m. in the office of the Racing and Gaming Commission, 717 E. Court, Suite B, Des Moines, Iowa. Persons may present their views at the public hearing either orally or in writing.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 99F.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 20.11(6), paragraph "a," subparagraph (2), as follows:
(2) Potential recipients of any such distributions shall be required to certify that the intended use of the proceeds of the distributions will comply with the uses as defined in Iowa Code section 99B.7, subsection 3, paragraph "b." A potential recipient shall also explain in writing how the intended use of the proceeds of the distribution will benefit the residents of Iowa.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 20.11(6) by adding new paragraphs "d" and "e" as follows:
d. In determining whether to fund a request from a potential recipient, the qualified sponsoring organization shall consider how the intended use of the proceeds of the distribution will benefit the residents of Iowa.
e. No licensee or qualified sponsoring organization shall make a distribution to any organization that has an employee, officer or director who is a member of the commission. This provision does not apply to employees, officers, directors or trustees of political subdivisions or their affiliated agencies or boards. No commissioner shall express, or otherwise attempt to influence, a qualified sponsoring organization as to the commissioner's preference for a potential grantee.
ARC 8228A
REAL ESTATE COMMISSION[193E]

Notice of Intended Action

Twenty-five interested persons, a governmental subdivision, an agency or association of 25 or more persons may demand an oral presentation hereon as provided in Iowa Code section 17A.4(1)"b."

Notice is also given to the public that the Administrative Rules Review Committee may, on its own motion or on written request by any individual or group, review this proposed action under section 17A.8(6) at a regular or special meeting where the public or interested persons may be heard.

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 543B.9, the Iowa Real Estate Commission hereby gives Notice of Intended Action to amend Chapter 1, "Business Conduct," and to adopt Chapter 8, "Waivers or Variances from Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
In accordance with authority granted to the Commission, it proposes to amend rule 193E--1.1(543B) by adding the definition of "Firm." Proposed subrules 1.24(3) and 1.24(4) establish guidelines and requirements for firms and individual licensees advertising on the Internet. Subrules 1.24(5) and 1.24(6) establish guidelines and requirements for firms and licensees using E-mail and other Internet electronic communications. The proposed Chapter 8 allows the Commission to consider a waiver or variance from administrative rules, provides applicants and licensees with the procedures necessary to request a waiver or variance and outlines the Commission's responsibilities when a request is submitted.
Consideration will be given to all written suggestions or comments on the proposed amendments received on or before September 1, 1998. Comments should be addressed to Roger L. Hansen, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa 50021, or faxed to (515)281-7411. E-mail may be sent to IREC@max.state.ia.us.
A public hearing will be held on September 1, 1998, at 9 a.m. in the Professional Licensing Conference Room on the second floor of the Department of Commerce Building, 1918 S.E. Hulsizer, Ankeny, Iowa.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A and 543B.
The following amendments are proposed.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 193E--1.1(543B) by adding the following new definition in alphabetical order:
"Firm" means a licensed partnership, association, or corporation.
ITEM 2. Adopt new subrules 1.24(3) to 1.24(6) as follows:
1.24(3) A licensed firm advertising on a site on the Internet must include on each page of the site on which the firm's advertisement appears the following data:
a. The firm's license number and name as registered with the commission (abbreviations are not permitted);
b. The city and state in which the firm's main office is located; and
c. The states in which the firm holds a real estate brokerage license.
1.24(4) A licensee advertising on a site on the Internet must include on each page of the site on which the licensee's advertisement appears the following data:
a. The licensee's name and license number;
b. The name of the firm with which the licensee is affiliated as that firm name is registered with the commission (abbreviations are not permitted);
c. The city and state in which the licensee's office is located; and
d. The states in which the licensee holds a real estate brokerage license.
1.24(5) A firm using any Internet electronic communication, including but not limited to E-mail, E-mail discussion groups, and bulletin boards, must include on the first or last page of all communications the following data:
a. The firm's license number and name as registered with the commission (abbreviations are not permitted);
b. The city and state in which the firm's main office is located; and
c. The states in which the firm holds a real estate brokerage license.
1.24(6) A licensee using any Internet electronic communication, including but not limited to E-mail, E-mail discussion groups, and bulletin boards, must include on the first or last page of all communications the following data:
a. The licensee's name and license number;
b. The name of the firm with which the licensee is affiliated as that firm name is registered with the commission (abbreviations are not permitted);
c. The city and state in which the licensee's office is located; and
d. The states in which the licensee holds a real estate brokerage license.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new chapter:
CHAPTER 8

WAIVERS OR VARIANCES FROM RULES

193E--8.1(543B) Applicability. This chapter governs waivers or variances from commission rules in the following circumstances: The commission has the exclusive authority to promulgate the rule from which waiver or variance is requested or has final decision-making authority over a contested case in which waiver or variance is requested; and no statute or rule otherwise controls the granting of a waiver or variance from the rule for which the waiver or variance is requested.
8.1(1) Commission's authority. The commission may grant a waiver of, or variance from, all or part of a rule, upon the criteria described in rule 8.2(543B).
8.1(2) Compliance with statute. No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
193E--8.2(543B) Criteria. A waiver or variance under this chapter may be granted only upon a showing that:
1. Substantially equal protection of health and safety will be afforded by a means other than that prescribed in the particular rule for which the variance or waiver is requested;
2. The waiver or variance will not harm other persons and will not adversely affect the public interest;
3. Because of special circumstances, either the requester is unable to comply with the particular rule without undue hardship or compliance with the particular rule would be unnecessarily and unreasonably costly and serve no public benefit; and
4. Provision of a waiver or variance under the circumstances would not adversely impact an overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
193E--8.3(543B) Request. A request for a waiver or variance must be submitted in writing to the commission as follows:
8.3(1) License application. If the request relates to an application for a license, the request shall be made in accordance with the filing requirements for the license in question.
8.3(2) Contested case. If the request relates to a pending contested case, the request shall be filed in the contested case proceeding.
8.3(3) Other. If the request does not relate to a particular license and is not related to a pending contested case, the request may be submitted to the commission's executive secretary.
193E--8.4(543B) Elements. A request for a waiver or variance shall include the following information where applicable:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the waiver or variance and the person's representative, if any.
2. The specific rule from which a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The nature of the waiver or variance requested, including any alternative means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the purpose of the rule.
4. An explanation of the reason for requesting the waiver or variance, including all material facts relevant to granting of the waiver or variance in question.
5. A description of any prior contact between the commission and the requester relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the proposed waiver or variance, including a description of each affected license held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five years.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be affected by the granting of a waiver or variance.
7. Any information known to the requester regarding the commission's treatment of similar cases.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or variance.
9. Any necessary releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge to disclose relevant information to the commission.
193E--8.5(543B) Ruling. The commission shall respond in writing to all requests. The ruling shall include the reason for granting or denying the request and, if approved, the time period during which the waiver or variance is effective. The commission may condition the granting of the waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative means.
193E--8.6(543B) Public availability. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at the commission office.
193E--8.7(543B) Voiding or cancellation. A waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The commission may at any time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the commission finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or variance has failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester has failed to comply with conditions set forth in the waiver or variance approval.
193E--8.8(543B) Violations. Violation of conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject to the same remedies or penalties.
193E--8.9(543B) Appeals. Any request for an appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and rules of the real estate commission. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 543B.
ARC 8244A
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]

Notice of Termination

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)"b," the Secretary of State terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8022A, amending Chapter 21, "Election Forms and Instructions," Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of proposed subrule 21.200(5) was to provide interested people with an opportunity to review the summary to be printed on the ballot for the proposed constitutional amendment that will be voted upon at the November 3, 1998, General Election. The period for comments has passed. A public hearing was held on June 8, 1998. However, no one attended the hearing and no comments were received. The Secretary of State finds no further need to proceed with rule making for ARC 8022A.
ARC 8243A
SECRETARY OF STATE[721]

Notice of Termination

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 17A.3(1)"b," the Secretary of State terminates the rule making initiated by its Notice of Intended Action published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8020A, amending Chapter 21, "Election Forms and Instructions," Iowa Administrative Code.
The purpose of proposed rule 721--21.803(77GA, HF2282) was to provide uniform procedures for counties and schools in conducting local sales and services tax elections. This rule was simultaneously Adopted and Filed Emergency as ARC 8023A. The period for comments has passed. A public hearing was held on June 9, 1998. However, no one attended the hearing and no comments were received. The Secretary of State finds no further need to proceed with rule making for ARC 8020A.
FILED EMERGENCY

ARC 8246A
DENTAL EXAMINERS BOARD[650]

Adopted and Filed Emergency

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Iowa Board of Dental Examiners hereby amends Chapter 29, "Deep Sedation/General Anesthesia, Conscious Sedation and Nitrous Oxide Inhalation Analgesia," Iowa Administrative Code.
At its June 9, 1998, meeting, the Administrative Rules Review Committee voted to delay the effective date of subrules 29.6(4) to 29.6(6) for 70 days beyond the scheduled effective date of June 24, 1998. These subrules, Adopted and Filed and published in the May 20, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin, as ARC 8014A, relate to the monitoring of nitrous oxide inhalation analgesia.
The Board is rescinding these subrules in compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2) as the Board finds that public notice and participation are unnecessary because this action is taken in response to public comment.
The Board also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b"(2), that the normal effective date of the amendment should be waived and this amendment should be made effective upon filing, as it confers a benefit on the public by allowing further public debate on this issue.
This amendment became effective on July 24, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code sections 153.33 and 153.34.
The following amendment is adopted.
Rescind subrules 29.6(4) to 29.6(6).
[Filed Emergency 7/24/98, effective 7/24/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8239A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Adopted and Filed Emergency

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 455B.263, 455B.268, 455B.278, and Iowa Code Supplement chapter 455I, the Environmental Protection Com-mission hereby amends Chapter 50, "Scope of Division--Definitions--Forms--Rules of Practice," and Chapter 52, "Criteria and Conditions for Authorizing Withdrawal, Diversion, and Storage of Water," Iowa Administrative Code.
In December 1997, the Commission adopted amendments to Chapters 50, 51, and 52 that implemented a program to regulate agricultural drainage wells (ADWs). Among other provisions, the amendments provided that surface water intakes for ADWs would have to be removed and the cisterns sealed by December 31, 1998, as required by Iowa Code section 455I.2. The adopted amendments also provide that ADWs can continue to be used if a permit is obtained from the Department of Natural Resources. Permit applications for the continuing use of ADWs were to have been submitted by July 1, 1998.
The 1998 General Assembly extended the December 31, 1998, deadline by three years to December 31, 2001, in 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2136. Accordingly, the Commission has adopted amendments to:

* Extend the date for closure of surface intakes and sealing cisterns to December 31, 2001; and

* Extend the date for submittal of permit applications to July 1, 1999.
At the time the Commission adopted the amendments implementing the ADW program, it was envisioned that permits for the continuing use of drainage wells would contain conditions requiring that surface water inlets be removed and the cisterns sealed by December 31, 1998. To provide time to process the permit applications, it was necessary to impose an application deadline of July 1, 1998. With the passage of 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2136, the tight time frame necessary for application submittal is no longer necessary, and the Commission feels the extension of the application deadline will allow ADW owners more time to submit the necessary application information without compromising the intent of the ADW program.
In compliance with Iowa Code section 17A.4(2), the Commission finds that notice and public participation are unnecessary because the amendments reflect changes in statute. The other substantive portions of the program to regulate ADWs are not being changed.
The Commission also finds, pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b"(1) and (2), that the normal effective date of the amendments should be waived and these amendments made effective upon filing as the amendments reflect statutory change and confer a benefit upon ADW owners.
These amendments became effective on July 24, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 455B, division III, part 4, and Iowa Code Supplement section 455I.2 as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, House File 2136.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend paragraph 50.4(1)"b" as follows:
b. Application for diversion of water related to the use of an agricultural drainage well. An application for the diversion of water and any other materials to an aquifer related to the use of an agricultural drainage well shall be made on a form obtained from the department and be submitted by or on behalf of such owners, lessees, easement holders, or option holders of all lands within the agricultural drainage well area. If the agricultural drainage well is part of a legally organized drainage district, the drainage district shall be a joint applicant. Applications for permits for diversions related to the use of an agricultural drainage well that existed prior to February 18, 1998, shall be made by July 1, 1998 1999, with the exception of agricultural drainage wells that must be closed to comply with the provisions of 1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 473. An application will not have to be filed for wells in a designated agricultural drainage well area which must be closed by December 31, 1999. In addition, the department may grant up to an 18-month a six-month delay in the application date for owners of agricultural drainage wells where it can be shown there is a reasonable expectation that the agricultural drainage well will be voluntarily closed by December 31, 1999.
ITEM 2. Amend paragraph 52.21(2)"a" as follows:
a. Surface water intakes. All surface water intakes shall be removed by December 31, 1998 2001. Additional tile lines may be added to compensate for removal of surface water intakes provided the replacement tile does not increase the size of the agricultural drainage well area. Replacement tiles shall generally conform with the Natural Resources Conservation Services Tile Intake Replacement Interim Standard 980.
ITEM 3. Amend paragraph 52.21(2)"b" as follows:
b. Cisterns. Cisterns shall be sealed or otherwise modified as necessary by December 31, 1998 2001, to prevent direct entry of surface water. Compliance with the Natural Resources Conservation Services Wellhead Protection Interim Standard 981 will be considered as complying with this condition. Alternatives to the interim standard may be allowed with department approval.
[Filed Emergency 7/24/98, effective 7/24/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8220A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Adopted and Filed Emergency After Notice

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code Supplement subsection 239B.4(3), the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 93, "PROMISE JOBS Program," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment July 14, 1998. Notice of Intended Action regarding this amendment was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 3, 1998, as ARC 8034A.
This amendment allows PROMISE JOBS to make payment to nonregistered child care providers while awaiting the results of the child abuse and criminal records checks. Payment will be made only to providers who declare that they have no criminal conviction and no founded child abuse history and who agree to allow the Department to check for child abuse and criminal records.
This amendment is promulgated in conjunction with an amendment to 441--Chapter 170 which has been adopted. (See ARC 8041A in the June 3, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin.) The changes to 441--Chapter 170 implement legislation passed in 1997 that requires all nonregistered child care providers and any individual living in the home of the provider to be checked for criminal and founded child abuse records to be eligible to receive public funds for providing child care. This amendment refers to the amendment to 441--Chapter 170 as that amendment applies to PROMISE JOBS providers as well.
PROMISE JOBS will discontinue payments upon notification of an existing child abuse or criminal record. Payments made to providers who are not eligible to receive public funds due to a criminal conviction or a founded child abuse record are subject to recoupment.
PROMISE JOBS will require the record checks for all new child care provider arrangements. For participants who are currently in a PROMISE JOBS component with child care arrangements that were approved prior to the effective date of this amendment, PROMISE JOBS will initiate therecord checks within a year.
The purpose of the PROMISE JOBS program is to provide FIP participants with employment and training opportunities to allow them to move toward self-sufficiency. Current rules require PROMISE JOBS to provide payment for child care services when child care is needed for participation in certain employment and training activities. This amendment allows PROMISE JOBS to continue to engage FIP participants in employment and training activities as soon as possible. Employment and training activities may otherwise be delayed while awaiting the results of a child care provider's criminal and child abuse records check.
Many PROMISE JOBS participants choose providers who are not licensed or registered. It is anticipated that a very small number of PROMISE JOBS child care providers will be found ineligible to continue to receive PROMISE JOBS payments.
There is a crucial need to engage FIP participants in work and training activities as soon as possible as persons can only receive FIP for five years in a lifetime. Additionally, in order for Iowa to receive the highest level of TANF funding, Iowa must achieve certain work participation rates. It is believed that delays caused by the completion of the records checks will impact both of these.
PROMISE JOBS and the participant currently discuss child care arrangements when negotiating the Family Investment Agreement. Therefore, PROMISE JOBS has the opportunity to educate participants about the eligibility criteria for child care providers and to assist participants in findinga suitable child care provider who is eligible to receive PROMISE JOBS funds and who is legally able to provide child care in this state.
The Department of Human Services finds that this amendment confers a benefit on PROMISE JOBS applicants and recipients by allowing them to be engaged in work and training activities as soon as possible as persons can only get Family Investment Program benefits for a maximum of five years in a lifetime. Therefore, this amendment is filed pursuant to Iowa Code section 17A.5(2)"b"(2).
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code Supplement sections 239B.17 to 239B.22 and subsection 237A.5(6).
This amendment became effective August 1, 1998.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 93.110(1) by adopting the following new paragraph "e":
e. Payment shall not be made to nonregistered providers who are not eligible to receive public funds as described in 441--paragraph 170.4(3)"h," unless the nonregistered provider attests that the provider is eligible to receive public funds on Form 470-3496, Nonregistered Child Care Provider Application, and authorizes the department to check for founded child abuse and criminal convictions as described in 441--paragraph 170.4(3)"h." Payment shall cease upon notification that a founded child abuse or criminal conviction exists and shall not resume again until the provider hasbeen determined approvable under the provisions of 441--paragraph 170.4(3)"h." Payments made to providers who falsely attest to their eligibility as a child care provider on Form 470-3496 are subject to recovery as described in rule 441--93.151(249C).
For participants who are active in a PROMISE JOBS component with child care arrangements that were approved before August 1, 1998, PROMISE JOBS shall apply the provisions in the preceding paragraph and those described in 441--paragraph 170.4(3)"h" within the 12-month period ending July 31, 1999.
[Filed Emergency After Notice 7/15/98, effective 8/1/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
FILED

ARC 8245A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5 and 198.10, the Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship hereby rescinds Chapter 41, "Commercial Feed," and Chapter 42, "Pet Food," Iowa Administrative Code, and adopts Chapters 41 and 42 with the same titles.
These chapters regulate commercial feed and pet food.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the June 3, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8045A. No public comment was received. The adopted chapters are identical to those published under Notice with the exception of a technical revision in subrule 41.4(5). The word "percent" is replaced with the symbol "%" to clarify proper product label format.
These rules will become effective on September 16, 1998.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 198.
EDITOR'S NOTE: Pursuant to recommendation of the Administrative Rules Review Committee published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin, September 10, 1986, the text of these rules [Chs 41, 42] is being omitted. With the exception of the changes noted above, these rules are identical to those published under Notice as ARC 8045A, IAB 6/3/98.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]
[Published 8/12/98]

[For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.]
ARC 8224A
AGRICULTURE AND LAND STEWARDSHIP DEPARTMENT[21]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 159.5(11), 159.6(2), and 163.1(1), the Iowa Department of Agriculture and Land Stewardship hereby amends Chapter 64, "Infectious and Contagious Diseases," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments implement 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2371, effective July 1, 1998, and include the following: (1) change some identification requirements, (2) provide for changes in the restricted movement of animals from herds on cleanup and from herds delinquent in testing, (3) state the health requirements for relocating swine, (4) change vaccination requirements for certain imported feeder swine, (5) provide changes in maintaining qualified negative herd status, (6) change some requirements for herd cleanup plans, and (7) change some identification requirements for "coop-erator pigs."
A public hearing was held on July 7, 1998, from 10 a.m. to 12 noon in the Second Floor Conference Room, Wallace State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No comments were received at that time; however, two comments were received by mail. One comment suggested that language in 64.154(2), paragraph "c," could be misunderstood. Some original language was reinstated to improve the meaning. Another comment that vehicle seals should only be removed by accredited people would maintain a problem that needs correction and will not be reinstated.
These amendments are identical to the Notice of Intended Action, ARC 8092A, published in the June 17, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin, except in Item 2 the word "restricted" is reinstated in the sentence defining which swine shall be identified or shipped to slaughter in a sealed vehicle.
These amendments will become effective September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 166D as amended by 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2371.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 64.154(1) as follows:
64.154(1) All breeding and feeder swine being exhibited or having a change of ownership or possession, whether by sale, lease, loan, gift, barter, or foreclosure, must be identified by a method approved by the Iowa department of agriculture and land stewardship. The identification shall be applied by the owner, the pig dealer, or the livestock dealer at the farm of origin or by the pig dealer or the livestock dealer at the first concentration point.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 64.154(2), paragraph "c," as follows:
c. Restricted movement slaughter swine. When the department determines that a majority of herds within a program area have been tested, all herds not tested within 12 months and all infected herds not on an approved herd cleanup plan shall only move swine directly to slaughter. The department may, until a herd plan is approved and showing progress, require the movement of all slaughter swine by "direct movement," to slaughter only, by a Permit for Restricted Movement of Animals to Slaughter which provides a description of the animals, the owner, the consignee, the date of movement, the destination, and the identification or vehicle seal number if applicable. These "restricted movement to slaughter only swine" shall be individually identified by approved metal ear tags applied at the farm of origin. The identification requirement is waived if the consignment of swine is sealed within the transport vehicle at the farm of origin by an official seal available from the department. This seal shall be applied by an accredited veterinarian. This seal shall be removed by an accredited veterinarian, USDA official, or department official, or the person purchasing the swine upon arrival of the consignment at the destination indicated on the Permit for Restricted Movement of Animals to Slaughter.
The ear tags shall have an alphabetic or numeric numbering system to provide unique identification with each herd, each lot, or each individual swine. They shall be applied prior to movement and listed on the Permit for Restricted Movement of Animals to Slaughter. This Permit for Restricted Movement of Animals to Slaughter shall be issued and distributed by an accredited veterinarian as follows:
1. Original to accompany shipment.
2. Mail a copy to destination of shipment.
3. Mail a copy to state of destination (USDA VS office).
4 2.Mail a copy to state of origin (USDA VS office) the department.
5 3. Veterinarian issuing permit will retain a copy.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 64.154(4), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. Native Iowa feeder pigs sold and moved farm-to-farm within the state are exempt from identification requirements if the owner transferring possession and the person taking possession agree in writing that the feeder pigs will not be commingled with other swine for a period of 30 days. The owner transferring possession shall provide a copy of the agreement to the person taking possession of the feeder pigs.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 64.154(5), introductory paragraph, as follows:
64.154(5) Swine being relocated intrastate without a change of ownership are exempt from health certification, identification requirements, and transportation certification, except as required by Iowa Code chapter 172B, and provided relocation records sufficient to determine the origin, the current pseudorabies status of the herd of origin, the number relocated, the date relocated, and destination of the relocated swine are available for inspection.
ITEM 5. Amend subrule 64.155(4) as follows:
64.155(4) A Farm-to-Farm Certificate of Veterinary Inspection, a transportation certificate according to Iowa Code chapter 172B, or an Intrastate Certificate of Veterinary Inspection shall be used for moving identification-exempt native Iowa feeder pigs farm-to-farm according to 64.154(4)"b." Feeder swine purchased for resale by a pig dealer must be identified and accompanied by a Certificate of Inspection.
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 64.155(5), paragraph "d," as follows:
d. Beginning January 1, 1998, all imported feeder swine, except those from qualified negative herds entering qualified negative herds, must be vaccinated for pseudorabies with a G1 deleted vaccine within 45 days of arrival if imported into a county with a pseudorabies prevalence greater than 3 percent. This requirement must be stated on the import interstate certificate. Imported swine consigned directly to slaughter are exempt from vaccination requirements.
ITEM 7. Amend subrule 64.156(1), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. Recertification of a qualified pseudorabies negative herd and a qualified differential negative herd will include quarterly or shall be by monthly testing, as detailed in Iowa Code chapter 166 D section 166D.7(1)"a." A minimum of 14 breeding swine must be tested each quarter, unless total numbers of breeding swine in the herd are less than 14; then test all breeding swine.
ITEM 8. Amend subrule 64.157(2), paragraph "c," subparagraph (7), as follows:
(7) All new and updated cleanup plans shall be designed to complete herd cleanup in less than two years or before January 1, 2000. After Beginning January 1, 1999, all infected herds, with breeding swine, shall implement a test and removal herd cleanup plan with all positive swine moved direct to slaughter; all infected "finisher only"swine herds shall operate on an all-in-all-out herd management program direct to slaughter; and all which shall include the following:
1. All herd boars must be tested every three months.
2. All breeding sows shall be tested postbreeding prior to weaning.
3. All breeding swine must be identified by an approved ear tag at the time of blood collection.
4. All seropositive swine must be removed from the herd, direct to slaughter, within 15 days after weaning or blood collection.
5. Seropositive swine must be removed from the herd direct to a buying station or a slaughtering establishment.
6. A test and removal herd plan shall be in effect until the herd is determined to be noninfected.
All swine movement from infected herds may be by "restricted movement to slaughter" must be directly to slaughter according to 64.154(2)"c," unless exempted by the a "feeder pig cooperator" plan.
When this herd is designated a noninfected herd, or has been depopulated, by procedures detailed in Iowa Code section 166D.9, the plan is completed.
ITEM 9. Amend subrule 64.158(2), numbered paragraphs "1" and "7," as follows.
1. The herd has not experienced clinical signs of pseudorabies within the previous six months 30 days.
7. All feeder pigs must be tagged identified prior to sale or movement with an official pink feeder pig ear tag, or a tattoo, approved by the department, beginning with the letters PR. The producer shall obtain a health certificate (which must include a permit number from the department) from the herd veterinarian prior to movement from premises of origin and said health certificate shall accompany each shipment. All feeder pigs are quarantined to farm of destination until sold to slaughter.
[Filed 7/22/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/97]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8234A
ARCHITECTURAL EXAMINING BOARD[193B]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 544A.29, the Iowa Architectural Examining Board hereby amends Chapter 4, "Rules of Conduct," and adopts Chapter 9, "Waivers or Variances from Rules," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendment to Chapter 4 allows the board to take disciplinary action against a registrant for failure to respond to board communication. New Chapter 9 allows the board to consider a waiver or variance from administrative rules, provides registrants with the procedures necessary to request a waiver or variance and outlines the board's responsibilities when a request is submitted.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8011A. The amendments are unchanged from those published under Notice of Intended Action.
The amendments were adopted by the Architectural Examining Board on July 14, 1998.
The amendments will become effective September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 17A and 544A.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Adopt new subrule 4.1(7) as follows:
4.1(7) Communications. An architect shall, when requested, respond to communications from the board within 30 days of the mailing of such communication by certified mail. Failure to respond to such communication may be grounds for disciplinary action against the architect.
ITEM 2. Adopt new 193B--Chapter 9 as follows:
CHAPTER 9

WAIVERS OR VARIANCES FROM RULES

193B--9.1(544A) Applicability. This chapter governs waivers or variances from board rules in the following circumstances: The board has exclusive rule-making authority to promulgate the rule from which the waiver or variance is requested or has final decision-making authority over a contested case in which the waiver or variance is requested; and no statute or rule otherwise controls the grant of a waiver or variance from the rule from which the waiver or variance is requested.
9.1(1) Board's authority. The board may grant a waiver of, or variance from, all or part of a rule, upon the criteria described in rule 9.2(544A).
9.1(2) Compliance with statute. No waiver or variance may be granted from a requirement which is imposed by statute. Any waiver or variance must be consistent with statute.
193B--9.2(544A) Criteria. A waiver or variance under this chapter may be granted only upon showing that:
1. Substantially equal protection of health, safety and welfare will be afforded by a means other than that prescript in the particular rule for which the variance or waiver is requested;
2. The waiver or variance will not harm other persons or will not adversely affect the public interest;
3. Because of the circumstances, either the requester is unable to comply with the particular rule without undue hardship or compliance with the particular rule would be unnecessarily and unreasonably costly and serve no public benefit; and
4. Provision of a waiver or variance under the circumstances would not adversely impact an overall goal of uniform treatment of all licensees.
193B--9.3(544A) Request. A request for a waiver or variance must be submitted in writing to the board as follows:
9.3(1) License application. If the request relates to a license application, the request shall be made in accordance with the filing requirements for the license in question.
9.3(2) Contested case. If the request relates to a pending contested case, the request shall be filed in the contested case proceeding.
9.3(3) Other. If the request does not relate to a license application or a pending contested case, the request may be submitted to the board's executive secretary.
193B--9.4(544A) Elements. A request for waiver or variance shall include the following information where applicable:
1. The name, address, and telephone number of the person requesting the waiver or variance and the person's representative, if any.
2. The specific rule from which a waiver or variance is requested.
3. The nature of the waiver or variance requested, including any alternative means or other proposed condition or modification proposed to achieve the purpose of the rule.
4. An explanation of the reason for the waiver or variance, including all material facts relevant to grant the waiver or variance in question.
5. A description of any prior contact between the board and the requester relating to the regulated activity or license affected by the proposed waiver or variance, including a description of each affected license held by the requester, any notices of violation, contested case hearings, or investigative reports relating to the regulated activity or license within the last five years.
6. The name, address, and telephone number of any public agency or political subdivision which also regulates the activity in question or which might be affected by a grant of waiver or variance.
7. Any information known to the requester regarding the board's treatment of similar cases.
8. The name, address, and telephone number of any person with knowledge of the relevant facts relating to the proposed waiver or variance.
9. Any necessary releases of information authorizing persons with knowledge to disclose relevant information to the board.
193B--9.5(544A) Ruling. The board shall respond in writing to all requests. The ruling shall include the reason for granting or denying the request and, if approved, the time period during which the waiver or variance is effective. The board may condition the grant of waiver or variance on such reasonable conditions as appropriate to achieve the objectives of the particular rule in question through alternative means.
193B--9.6(544A) Public availability. All final rulings in response to requests for waivers or variances shall be indexed and available to members of the public at the board office.
193B--9.7(544A) Voiding or cancellation. A waiver or variance is void if the material facts upon which the request is based are not true or if material facts have been withheld. The board may at any time cancel a waiver or variance upon appropriate notice and hearing if the board finds that the facts as stated in the request are not true, material facts have been withheld, the alternative means of compliance provided in the waiver or variance has failed to achieve the objectives of the statute, or the requester has failed to comply with conditions set forth in the waiver or variance approval.
193B--9.8(544A) Violations. Violation of conditions in the waiver or variance approval is the equivalent of violation of the particular rule for which the waiver or variance is granted and is subject to the same remedies or penalties.
193B--9.9(544A) Appeals. Any request for an appeal from a decision granting or denying a waiver or variance shall be in accordance with the procedures provided in Iowa Code chapter 17A and this chapter. An appeal shall be taken within 30 days of the issuance of the ruling in response to the request unless a contrary time is provided by rule or statute.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 544A.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8242A
EDUCATIONAL EXAMINERS BOARD[282]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 272.2, the Board of Educational Examiners hereby amends Chapter 14, "Issuance of Practitioner's Licenses and Endorsements," Iowa Administrative Code.
The amendments increase the fees for the issuance and renewal of licenses, authorizations, and statements of professional recognition; for duplicate licenses, authorizations and statements of professional recognition; for one-year emergency licenses; and for evaluation. The fee for endorsements added to a license after initial issuance remains the same.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 3, 1998, as ARC 8066A. A public hearing was held on June 25, 1998. No one appeared at the public hearing. Two written comments were received. The Board voted on July 15, 1998, to adopt these amendments. The amendments remain the same as those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapter 272.
These amendments will become effective on September 16, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
Amend rule 282--14.30(272) as follows:
282--14.30(272) Licensure and authorization fee.
14.30(1) Issuance and renewal of licenses, authorizations, and statements of professional recognition. The fee for the issuance of each initial practitioner's license, the evaluator license, the statement of professional recognition, and the coaching authorization and the renewal of each license, evaluator approval license, statement of professional recognition, and coaching authorization shall be $25 $50.
14.30(2) Adding endorsements. The fee for the addition of each endorsement to a license, following the issuance of the initial license and endorsement(s), shall be $25.
14.30(3) Duplicate licenses, authorizations, and statements of professional recognition. The fee for the issuance of a duplicate practitioner's license, evaluator license or coaching authorization shall be $5 $10.
14.30(4) Evaluation fee. Each application from an out-of-state institution for initial licensure shall include, in addition to the basic fee for the issuance of a license, a one-time nonrefundable $25 $50 evaluation fee.
Each application or request for a statement of professional recognition shall include a one-time nonrefundable $25 $50 evaluation fee.
14.30(5) One-year emergency license. The fee for the issuance of a one-year emergency license based on an expired conditional license or an expired administrative decision license shall be $50 $100.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8240A
ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION COMMISSION[567]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 455B.304, subsection 17, the Environmental Protection Commission hereby amends Chapter 103, "Sanitary Landfills," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment adds a rule pertaining to the design and operation of a landfill only for the disposal of coal combustion residue.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8026A. In response to comments received, the following changes were made:
1. Language was added to the introductory paragraph of rule 103.7(455B) to provide for variance provisions which apply to this rule.
2. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(1)"b" to allow a lesser separation distance for a landfill when there is a recorded, written agreement with the property owner.
3. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(2)"e" to clarify the number of soil borings needed for a hydrogeologic investigation at a landfill.
4. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(2)"f" to clarify the number of groundwater samples to be collected during a hydrogeological investigation, the type of analysis and the method of collection.
5. New subparagraph 103.7(4)"a"(5) allows the beneficial reuse of coal combustion residue to be addressed in the operation plan.
6. Language was added to paragraph 103.7(4)"d" to clarify the sampling requirements for monitoring wells, to address the parameters to be analyzed during the annual monitoring and to add conditions under which the Department may require additional groundwater monitoring or a groundwater quality assessment at a landfill.
7. A requirement for the final site contours and final cover design to be included in the postclosure plan was added to paragraph 103.7(5)"a."
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.304.
This amendment will become effective September 16, 1998.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 567--Chapter 103 by adding the following new rule:
567--103.7(455B) Coal combustion residue landfills. The following are the minimum requirements for siting, designing, and operating a solid waste landfill accepting only coal combustion residue. This rule stands alone and is not affected by references in other rules, except for the variance provision in 567--101.2(455B). "Coal combustion residue" means any solid waste produced by the burning of coal, either by itself or in conjunction with natural gas or other carbon-based fuels. It includes, but is not limited to, bottom ash, fly ash, slag and flue gas desulfurization system material generated by coal combustion and associated air pollution control equipment.
103.7(1) Site requirements.
a. The site cannot be a wetland, cannot be within a 100-year flood plain and cannot have any sinkholes or similar karst features.
b. No wastes shall be deposited within 300 feet of an inhabitable residence or a commercial enterprise, unless there is a written agreement with the property owner(s) allowing a lesser distance, or within 50 feet of the property boundary. The written agreement shall be filed with the county recorder for abstract of title purposes and a copy shall be submitted to the department.
c. All waste must be a minimum of 5 feet above the high groundwater table.
103.7(2) Permit application requirements. The application for a permit shall include the following:
a. A completed application Form 50.542-1542.
b. A copy of the letter from the waste management assistance division approving the comprehensive plan required by 567--101.5(455B).
c. Proof of legal entitlement to use the property as proposed.
d. A topographic map of the site and the adjacent area within 300 feet of the site, with contour intervals not exceeding 10 feet, that shows the location of existing improvements or alterations such as structures, wells, lakes, roads, drain tiles or similar items. The highest point of elevation on the site shall also be identified and given.
e. The results of a minimum of three soil borings for sites of ten acres or less with one additional boring for each additional three acres to determine the hydrogeologic conditions and establish the direction of groundwater flow throughout the site and the minimum depth to groundwater on the site.
f. An adequate number of representative groundwater sample results, minimum of three locations with one sample from each location, to fully characterize the groundwater quality at the site. The following are the analytical parameters that are required to characterize groundwater quality and establish a baseline for those parameters: arsenic, barium, beryllium, cobalt, copper, iron, lead, magnesium, manganese, selenium, zinc, chlorides, and sulfate. The analysis shall be for dissolved metals with filtering in the field.
g. Construction drawings and specifications of the improvements and alterations that are to take place on the site such as roads, structures, utilities, drainage ways, gates and fences.
h. A copy of the local siting approval required by Iowa Code section 455B.305A.
103.7(3) Design criteria.
a. The design of a coal combustion residue solid waste landfill shall contain a method for ensuring protection of the groundwater and surface water.
b. The design plan shall include a method of ash transportation that prevents blowing ash and a method for preventing blowing dust and air emissions when unloading the ash.
c. Surface runoff must be diverted from all active or closed areas, both during the active life of the facility and during the postclosure period.
d. The site must be secured with a fence and gate(s) to prevent unauthorized entry when unattended.
e. The site must have all-weather access roads adequate to accommodate all delivery vehicles and operating equipment.
f. The site must be fenced and gated in a manner that will prevent unauthorized deposition of wastes at the site.
103.7(4) Operating requirements.
a. An operation plan shall be prepared and submitted to the appropriate department field office prior to initiating operations. The plan, at a minimum, shall include:
(1) An identification of the area to be filled during the period for which a permit is being requested.
(2) The method(s) that will be utilized to prevent illicit municipal or putrescible solid wastes from being deposited as a result of mixing with authorized waste brought to the site.
(3) The frequency, extent and method of spreading and compacting the waste; the optimum layer thickness; and the size and slope of the operating face.
(4) A description of the operating procedures that will be followed when wastes are brought to the site.
(5) If removal of waste from the landfill for beneficial reuse is intended, that activity should be addressed in the original operation plan. If the permitholder decides to remove waste after completion of the original operation plan, the plan must be amended prior to removing any waste.
b. After the waste is deposited, it must be treated as necessary to control fugitive dust that would leave the site and to control erosion that would impact operations in the active fill area. If the methods used do not adequately control dust and erosion, the department may require site-specific controls including a soil cover.
c. A minimum of one down gradient monitoring well must be installed within one year of initiating operations. Additional wells may be required when it is apparent that more than one potential contaminant pathway exists. Monitoring wells will normally be placed within 50 feet of the waste boundary.
d. Quarterly sampling of all monitoring wells and analysis for the parameters specified in paragraph 103.7(2)"f" shall commence within one year of initiating operations for the purpose of establishing the average baseline concentrations for each well. Annual sampling of all monitoring wells for the parameters specified in paragraph 103.7(2)"f" shall commence within one year of completing the quarterly baseline monitoring. Additional sampling or a site assessment may be required by the department when there is an exceed-ance of any primary or secondary Maximum Contaminant Level (MCL) or the Health Advisory Level (HAL) of the Drinking Water Standards and Health Advisories of the federal Environmental Protection Agency. When an MCL or HAL does not exist for a parameter and a sample analysis exceeds the average value for that parameter for the most recent two years of data, the department will require the collection and analysis of a sample for three consecutive months. If the average result of those sample analyses equals or exceeds the value that required the monthly samples to be collected, the department may require a site assessment.
e. A report of the groundwater monitoring results shall be submitted to the department by the end of the first year's operation and annually thereafter.
103.7(5) Closure/postclosure requirements.
a. One hundred eighty days prior to closure, the owner/operator shall submit a postclosure plan to the department. The plan shall list the date of closure, the actions that will be taken to close the site, the final site contours and final cover design, and the parties responsible for postclosure maintenance.
b. The final cover shall consist of not less than two feet of compacted soil and one foot of uncompacted soil capable of sustaining a growth of common grasses.
c. The slope of the landfill area after final closure shall be not less than 3 percent nor more than 25 percent.
d. A growth of common grasses shall be established on the final cover by the end of the first full growing season.
e. A minimum of one sample from each monitoring well shall be collected annually during the postclosure period and analyzed for the parameters specified in the permit. The results shall be included in the annual report.
f. After closure, an annual inspection of the site shall be conducted. Any differential settling, surface cracks, holes, erosion channels, or any interference with surface drainage shall be corrected by restoration to the original condition. A report on the findings and corrective actions taken shall be included in the annual report. These postclosure actions are required for a minimum of ten years following closure. The department may extend the monitoring and reporting period if it appears that continued maintenance and monitoring are warranted.
103.7(6) Permit renewal. The term for a permit to operate a solid waste landfill accepting only coal combustion residue waste shall be ten years, and the permit shall be renewable for a similar term.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 455B.304.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8217A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 75, "Conditions of Eligibility," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments combine two Notices of Intended Action. The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments on July 14, 1998. Notices of Intended Action regarding these amendments were published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 3, 1998, as ARC 8032A and ARC 8033A.
Transitional Medicaid is available for a period of up to 12 additional months to families who are canceled from the family medical assistance program (FMAP) because of increased earnings of the specified relative in the eligible group.
The amendment noticed as ARC 8032A revises policy governing the Transitional Medicaid program to allow a child born after the FMAP is terminated or a child or parent who returns home after the FMAP benefits are terminated to be included in the eligible Medicaid group for the extended benefits. Under current policy it is necessary to establish a separate Medicaid case for those individuals not in the eligible group at the time the family is determined to be ineligible. This will simplify Medicaid policy and is made possible by a revised policy interpretation from the Health Care Financing Administration.
The amendment noticed as ARC 8033A implements procedures for payment of the home health portion of the Medicare Part B premium to Home Health Specified Low-Income Medicare Beneficiary (HH-SLMB) clients.
The Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) will not buy-in for the HH-SLMB clients. Therefore, the states must issue payment to the client for the home health portion of the Medicare Part B premium. The current monthly amount of the home health portion of the Medicare Part B premium is $1.07, or $12.84 annually. This amendment provides for an annual retroactive payment on April 1 of each year, beginning in 1999.
If the client does not have a checking account for depositing the check, the client will have a cost of $1 to $5 for cashing the check at a grocery store or bank. The Department's estimated cost for mailing the check to the client, including system changes is $17.55 per client. Issuing a check retroactively allows the department to determine that the client was not eligible for any other Medicaid benefits. Therefore, it is beneficial to the client and to the department to issue a check on an annual basis and retroactively.
Clients who apply in January, February, or March may request retroactive benefits. Therefore, waiting until April 1 allows the Department to pay all benefits for the calendar year.
Due to cost to the state in issuing the check and the cost to the client if the client must pay to cash a check, the alternative of issuing the home health portion of the Part B premium on a monthly or quarterly basis was rejected. The alternative to pay the home health portion of the Part B premium prospectively was rejected because if the client is determined to be eligible for other Medicaid benefits later, the state is not entitled to claim 100 percent federal financial participation. The federal law states that the client may not be eligible for any other benefits. By paying retroactively, the Department can determine that the client did not receive any other benefits for the calendar year.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend subrule 75.1(31) as follows:
Amend the introductory paragraph as follows:
75.1(31) Persons and families terminated from the family medical assistance program (FMAP) due to the increased earnings of the specified relative in the eligible group. Medicaid shall be available for a period of up to 12 additional months to persons families who are canceled from FMAP as provided in subrule 75.1(14) because the specified relative of a dependent child receives increased income from employment. When the increased earnings of a specified relative who is not included in the eligible group but whose income is considered in the eligibility determination create ineligibility, these provisions shall not apply unless there is also another specified relative included in the eligible group who is employed.
For the purposes of this subrule, "family" shall mean individuals living in the household whose needs and income were included in determining the FMAP eligibility of the household members at the time that the FMAP benefits were terminated. "Family" also includes those individuals whose needs and income would be taken into account in determining the FMAP eligibility of household members if the household were applying in the current month.
Amend paragraph "b" as follows:
b. In order to receive transitional Medicaid coverage under these provisions, an FMAP recipient family must have received FMAP during at least three of the six months immediately preceding the month in which ineligibility occurred.
Rescind and reserve paragraph "e."
Amend paragraph "f" as follows:
f. Transitional Medicaid shall not be allowed under these provisions when it has been determined that the recipient received FMAP in any of the six months immediately preceding the month of cancellation as the result of fraud. Fraud shall be defined in accordance with 1997 Iowa Acts, Senate File 516, section 15 Iowa Code Supplement section 239B.14.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 75.1(37) as follows:
75.1(37) Home health specified low-income Medicare beneficiaries.
a. Medicaid benefits to cover the cost of the home health portion of the Medicare Part B premium shall be available to persons who are entitled to Medicare Part A provided the following conditions are met:
a. (1) The person's monthly income is at least 135 percent of the federal poverty level but is less than 175 percent of the federal poverty level (as defined by the United States Office of Management and Budget and revised annually in accordance with Section 673(2) of the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1981) applicable to a family of the size involved.
b. (2) The person's resources do not exceed twice the maximum amount of resources that a person may have and obtain benefits under the Supplemental Security Income (SSI) program.
c. (3) The amount of the income and resources shall be determined the same as under the SSI program unless the person lives and is expected to live at least 30 consecutive days in a medical institution and has a spouse at home. Then the resource determination shall be made according to subrules 75.5(3) and 75.5(4). Income shall not include any amount of social security income attributable to the cost-of-living increase through the month following the month in which the annual revision of the official poverty level is published.
d. (4) The person is not otherwise eligible for Medicaid.
e b. The effective date of eligibility shall be as set forth in rule 441--76.5(249A).
c. Payment of the home health portion of Medicare Part B premium shall be made retroactively on an annual basis in April of each year for the prior calendar year.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 10/1/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8218A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 81, "Nursing Facilities," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment implements revised federal regulations requiring nursing facilities to electronically transmit the information contained on the resident assessments to the state. The resident assessment consists of a minimum data set (MDS) of screening and assessment elements, including common definitions and coding categories. In addition, this amendment requires that a facility not release information that is resident-identifiable to the public and sets penalties for falsification of a resident assessment.
Nursing facilities are currently required to complete a resident assessment on each resident no later than 14 days after the date of admission, promptly after a significant change in the resident's physical or mental condition, and no less often than once every 12 months. In addition, facilities are required to examine each resident quarterly and revise the resident's assessment as needed to ensure continued accuracy of the assessment.
This amendment continues to require the nursing facility to complete assessments no later than 14 days after the date of admission and after readmissions if there is a significant change in the resident's physical or mental condition; within 14 days after the facility determines, or should have determined, that there has been a significant change in the resident's physical or mental condition; and no less often than once every 12 months. Quarterly reviews are also required. Facilities are required to maintain all assessments completed within the previous 15 months in the resident's active record and use the results to develop, review and revise the resident's comprehensive plan of care.
Within seven days after the nursing facility completes a resident's assessment, a facility must enter certain information into a computerized format and be capable of transmitting each resident's assessment information to the state in a format that conforms to standard record layouts and data dictionaries and that passes edits defined by HCFA. At least monthly, facilities shall input and electronically transmit accurate and complete MDS data for all assessments conducted during the previous month.
The Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) published a proposed rule regarding MDS in the Federal Register on December 28, 1992. A final rule was published December 23, 1997, containing the requirement that all nursing facilities across the country begin electronic submission June 22, 1998. HCFA is planning national aggregation of nursing facility data to be used for quality control measures and as part of the survey and certification process. The Iowa Department of Inspections and Appeals will use the data on a state level to generate reports and monitor facility performance.
The Department contracted with the Iowa Foundation for Medical Care (IFMC) in state fiscal year 1997 to develop the computer system and in state fiscal year 1998 for facility training and communication, data transmission, and technical support for ongoing maintenance. The Department of Inspections and Appeals and the IFMC have completed training nursing facility personnel and facilities began electronic transmission on June 22, 1998.
This amendment was previously Adopted and Filed Emergency and published in the June 3, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8039A. Notice of Intended Action to solicit comments on that submission was published in the June 3, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8038A.
The Council on Human Services adopted this amendment July 14, 1998.
This amendment is identical to that published under Notice of Intended Action.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
This amendment shall become effective October 1, 1998, at which time the Adopted and Filed Emergency amendment is hereby rescinded.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 81.13(9), paragraphs "b" and "c," as follows:
b. Comprehensive assessments.
(1) The facility shall make a comprehensive assessment of a resident's needs which is based on the uniform data set minimum data set (MDS) specified by the department of inspections and appeals. The facility shall use the federal assessment tool, which describes the resident's capability to perform daily life functions and significant impairments in functional capacity.
(2) The assessment process shall include direct observation and communication with the resident, as well as communication with licensed and nonlicensed direct care staff members on all shifts. The comprehensive assessment shall include at least the following information:
1. Medically defined conditions and prior medical history Identification and demographic information.
2. Medical status measurement Customary routine.
3. Physical and mental functional status Cognitive patterns.
4. Sensory and physical impairments Communication.
5. Nutritional status and requirements Vision.
6. Special treatments or procedures Mood and behavior patterns.
7. Mental and psychosocial status Psychosocial well-being.
8. Discharge potential Physical functioning and structural problems.
9. Dental conditions Continence.
10. Activities potential Disease diagnoses and health conditions.
11. Rehabilitation potential Dental and nutritional status.
12. Cognitive status Skin condition.
13. Drug therapy Activity pursuit.
14. Medications.
15. Special treatments and procedures.
16. Discharge potential.
17. Documentation of summary information regarding the additional assessment performed through the resident assessment protocols.
18. Documentation of participation in assessment.
19. Additional specification relating to resident status as required in Section S of the MDS.
(3) Frequency. Assessments shall be conducted:
1. No later than 14 days after the date of admission. Within 14 calendar days after admission or readmission, excluding readmissions in which there is no significant change in the resident's physical or mental condition. "Readmission" means a return to the facility following a temporary absence for hospitalization or for therapeutic leave.
2. No later than October 1, 1991, for current residents. Within 14 calendar days after the facility determines, or should have determined, that there has been a significant change in the resident's physical or mental condition. A "significant change" means a major decline or improvement in the resident's status that will not normally resolve itself without further intervention by staff or by implementing standard disease-related clinical interventions, that has an impact on more than one area of the resident's health status, and that requires either interdisciplinary review, revision of the care plan, or both.
3. Promptly after a significant change in the resident's physical or mental condition.
4. In no case less often than once every 12 months.
(4) Review of assessments. The facility shall examine each resident no less than once every three months, and as appropriate, revise the resident's assessment to ensure the continued accuracy of the assessment.
(5) Use Maintenance and use. The results of the assessment shall be used A facility shall maintain all resident assessments completed within the previous 15 months in the resident's active record and use the results to develop, review and revise the resident's comprehensive plan of care.
(6) Coordination. The facility shall coordinate assessments with any state-required preadmission screening program to the maximum extent practicable to avoid duplicative testing and effort.
(7) Automated data processing requirement.
1. Entering data. Within seven days after a facility completes a resident's assessment, a facility shall enter the following information for the resident into a computerized format that meets the specifications defined in numbered paragraphs "2" and "4" below.

* Admission assessment.

* Annual assessment updates.

* Significant change in status assessments.

* Quarterly review assessments.

* A subset of items upon a resident's transfer, reentry, discharge, and death.

* Background (face sheet) information, if there is no admission assessment.
2. Transmitting data. Within seven days after a facility completes a resident's assessment, a facility shall be capable of transmitting to the state each resident's assessment information contained in the MDS in a format that conforms to standard record layouts and data dictionaries and that passes edits that ensure accurate and consistent coding of the MDS data as defined by the Health Care Financing Administration (HCFA) and the department of human services or the department of inspections and appeals.
3. Monthly transmittal requirements. On at least a monthly basis, a facility shall input and electronically transmit accurate and complete MDS data for all assessments conducted during the previous month, including the following:

* Admission assessment.

* Annual assessment.

* Significant correction of prior full assessment.

* Significant correction of prior quarterly assessment.

* Quarterly review.

* A subset of items upon a resident's transfer, reentry, discharge, and death.

* Background (face sheet) information, for an initial transmission of MDS data on a resident who does not have an admission assessment.
4. The facility must transmit MDS data in the ASCII format specified by HCFA.
(8) Resident-identifiable information. A facility shall not release information that is resident-identifiable to the public. The facility may release information that is resident-identifiable to an agent only in accordance with a contract under which the agent agrees not to use or disclose the information except to the extent the facility itself is permitted to do so.
c. Accuracy of assessments. The assessment shall accurately reflect the resident's status.
(1) Coordination. Each assessment shall be conducted or coordinated with the appropriate participation of health professionals. Each assessment shall be conducted or coordinated by a registered nurse who signs and certifies the completion of the assessment.
(2) Certification. Each person who completes a portion of the assessment shall sign and certify the accuracy of that portion of the assessment. A registered nurse shall sign and certify that the assessment is completed.
(3) Penalty for falsification. An individual who willfully and knowingly certifies or causes another individual to certify, a material and false statement in a resident assessment is subject to a civil money penalties penalty of not more than $1,000 for each assessment. An individual who willfully and knowingly causes another individual to certify a material and false statement in a resident assessment is subject to a civil money penalty of not more than $5,000 for each assessment.
Clinical disagreement does not constitute a material and false statement.
(4) Use of independent assessors. If the state department of human services or the department of inspections and appeals determines, under a survey or otherwise, that there has been a knowing and willful certification of false statements under subparagraph (3) above, the state department of human services or the department of inspections and appeals may require that resident assessments under this paragraph be conducted and certified by individuals who are independent of the facility and who are approved by the state department of human services or the department of inspections and appeals for a period specified by the state agency.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 10/1/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8219A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 249A.4, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 88, "Managed Health Care Providers," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 14, 1998. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on May 20, 1998, as ARC 8008A.
These amendments implement the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health (Iowa Plan), a managed care plan for the delivery of mental health and substance abuse services. The Iowa Plan will replace the Mental Health Access Plan and the Iowa Managed Substance Abuse Care Plan effective January 1, 1999.
The Mental Health Access Plan (MHAP) was implemented in March 1995 and the Iowa Managed Substance Abuse Care Plan (IMSACP) in September 1995. MHAP is administered by the Department of Human Services Division of Medical Services, and IMSACP is jointly administered by DHS and the Iowa Department of Public Health Division of Substance Abuse and Health Promotion. Competitive procurements were conducted to select the MHAP and IMSACP contractors; the original contract periods were to end in mid-1998, but have been extended to December 31, 1998.
In anticipation of the end of the contracts, the departments developed a process to solicit maximum public input in the design of the Request for Proposals (RFP) for the managed behavioral healthcare plan which would succeed MHAP and IMSACP. The first draft of the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health (then the Iowa Plan for Integrated Access) was circulated in May 1997 followed by a six-week public comment period. A second draft was circulated for additional comment in September 1997. In addition to the written responses, two legislatively appointed work groups were appointed to focus on issues related to child welfare services and to services provided by counties.
The Iowa Plan for Integrated Access would have included coverage of rehabilitative treatment and support services for Medicaid-eligible children and mental health services in psychiatric medical institutions for children. Due to public comment and legislative direction, the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health does not include those services.
The RFP for the Iowa Plan was released March 25, 1998, and the time line calls for the selection of a contractor or contractors on or about July 1, 1998. A preimplementation period will begin as soon as the selection is made to allow time for communication with enrollees, training of contractor and provider staff, and provider recruitment so the Iowa Plan can be implemented January 1, 1999.
These amendments differ from current policy governing MHAP and IMSACP as follows:

* Definitions are updated to reflect consensus developed during public review of the content of the RFP, in particular, requiring psychosocial necessity as the standard for mental health services.

* The requirement is added that the contractor be licensed as a limited service organization in anticipation of rules being promulgated by the Insurance Division.

* Policy is added to allow the Department to impose penalties on the contractor.

* Policy is added to allow the Department to comply with legislative direction to allow for regional or statewide contractors.

* Policy is added to allow inclusion of other recipients of mental health and substance abuse services funded by the Department, especially those in the State Payment Program, which was allowed in legislation.

* Instances when the contractor is responsible for retrospective enrollment are clarified.

* The contractor is explicitly denied the right to impose limitations on the amount, scope, or duration of services not allowed in the Medicaid state plan.

* A requirement contained in the 1915b waiver is implemented which allows the enrollee the maximum allowable choice between providers.

* The list of services which the contractor must make available to enrollees is expanded.

* Requirements are clarified related to services provided to enrollees in emergency rooms. The contractor is required to reimburse providers of emergency room services if appropriate notification is given the contractor.

* The contractor's responsibility related to the provision of transportation when emergency services have been provided by nonparticipating providers is defined.

* The contractor is required to maintain an open panel approach to the recruitment of participating providers. "Open panel" means that the contractor shall subcontract with all providers who are appropriately licensed, certified, or accredited to provide covered, required, or optional services, and who meet the credentialing criteria, agree to the standard contract terms, and wish to participate.

* The contractor is required to maintain 24-hour crisis counseling and referral services via a toll-free telephone line.

* Minimum standards are established for the contractor's policies related to the review of both clinical and nonclinical decisions, including that the reviews be conducted by a person other than the one making the original decision and that enrollees and providers be allowed to participate. Resolution time frames are also established.

* A minimum requirement for enrollment information to be provided by contractor to all enrollees is established.

* A minimum requirement for the processing of claims and a definition of the contractor's responsibility to pay for services and supports provided to enrollees are established.
The following revisions were made to the Notice of Intended Action in response to public comments with the exception of the revision to rule 441--88.70(249A) which was made to concur with the Balanced Budget Act of 1997:
Subrule 88.62(1), paragraph "b," subparagraph (3), was revised to provide that the contract shall list both the services which must and may be covered, not just the services which must be covered.
Subrule 88.63(2) was revised to require that participating and nonparticipating Medicaid providers shall also be notified when a coverage group is included or excluded from the Iowa Plan enrollment, and to require the Department to implement a transition plan to ensure continuity of services to beneficiaries.
Subrule 88.65(3), paragraph "b," subparagraph (1), was revised for clarification.
Subrule 88.67(5), paragraph "d," was revised to require that persons with need for routine services be seen within three, rather than four, weeks of the request for appointment.
A new subrule 88.67(7) was added to require a discharge plan for enrollees receiving services in a 24-hour setting.
Subrule 88.68(1), paragraph "a," was revised to require acknowledgment of the receipt of a request for the review of a clinical care decision within three working days.
Rule 441--88.70(249A) was revised to prohibit the marketing of Iowa Plan services in response to pending changes in the Balanced Budget Act of 1997.
A new rule 441--88.75(249A) was added to require the Department to appoint an advisory committee to advise the Department on the implementation and operation of the Plan and to provide for ongoing public input in its operation.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4 and 1998 Iowa Acts, Senate File 2410, section 7, subsection 4, paragraph "a."
These amendments shall become effective January 1, 1999.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend 441--Chapter 88, Preamble, as follows:
PREAMBLE

This chapter contains rules governing the delivery of managed health care under the Medicaid program. These rules make provision for the following managed health care options: health maintenance organizations (HMOs), prepaid health plans (PHPs), patient management, known as Medicaid Patient Access to Service System (MediPASS), and the statewide mental health access plan (MHAP), and the statewide managed substance abuse care plan (MSACP) managed care plan for the delivery of mental health and substance abuse services (Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health). The rules cover eligibility of a provider to participate, reimbursement methodologies, record-keeping requirements, grievance procedures and recipient enrollment and disen-rollment procedures. Services covered or requiring authorization and recipient access to services are specified.
ITEM 2. Rescind 441--Chapter 88, Divisions IV and V.
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new Division IV:
DIVISION IV

IOWA PLAN FOR BEHAVIORAL HEALTH

441--88.61(249A) Definitions.
"Accredited" shall mean an entity approved by the division of mental health and developmental disabilities of the department to provide mental health services.
"Appeal" shall mean the process defined in 441--Chapter 7 by which a Medicaid beneficiary or other recipient of services through the department, or the recipient's designee, may request review of a certain decision made by the department or the contractor.
"ASAM PPC2" shall mean the American Society of Addiction Medicine Patient Placement Criteria for the Treatment of Substance-Related Disorders, Second Edition, published by the American Society of Addiction Medicine in 1996.
"Assertive community treatment (ACT) program" shall mean a program of comprehensive outpatient services provided in the community directed toward the amelioration of symptoms and the rehabilitation of behavioral, functional, and social deficits of persons with severe and persistent mental disorders and persons with complex symptomatology who require multiple mental health and supportive services to live in the community.
"Beneficiary" shall mean a person covered by Medicaid as determined by the department.
"Capitation rate" shall mean the fee the department pays monthly to the contractor for each enrolled Medicaid beneficiary for the provision of covered, required, and optional services, whether or not the enrollee received services during the month for which the fee is paid.
"Certification" shall mean the process of determining that a facility, equipment or an individual meets the requirements of federal or state law.
"Clinical decision review" shall mean the process by which enrollees, members, and participating and nonparticipating providers may request a review by the contractor of a decision made by an employee of the contractor regarding the prior authorization, denial, or payment for services.
"Contract" shall mean the contract between the department and the entity or entities selected by the departmentto implement the Iowa Plan. Contract sections related toMedicaid-funded services shall be interpreted to meet the requirements of the Code of Federal Regulations, Title 42, Part 434, as amended to March 27, 1996. The department of public health also shall be party to the contracts in relationship to the provision of substance abuse services to non-Medicaid persons served through the Iowa Plan.
"Contractor" shall mean each entity with whom the department contracts to provide covered, required and optional services for those beneficiaries enrolled in the Iowa Plan.
"Coverage group" shall mean a category of beneficiaries who meet certain common eligibility requirements.
"Covered services" shall mean mental health and substance abuse treatment services reimbursable based on provisions of the Medicaid state plan and paid through the fee-for-service payment system administered by the Medicaid fiscal agent.
"Department" shall mean the Iowa department of human services acting in cooperation with the department of public health for governance of the contract.
"Designee" shall mean an organization, person, or group of persons designated by the director to act on behalf of the department in the review or evaluation of services provided through the Iowa Plan.
"Director" shall mean the director of the Iowa department of human services.
"Disenrollment" shall mean the removal of an enrollee from the contractor's enrollment list either through loss of eligibility or some other cause.
"Emergency services" shall mean those services required to meet the needs of an enrollee who is experiencing an acute crisis of a level of severity requiring immediate treatment where a failure to treat could result in death, injury, or lasting harm to the enrollee or serious danger to others.
"Encounter data" shall mean information reflecting a face-to-face meeting or other billable service furnished by a provider to a person served through the Iowa Plan. Medicaid encounter data must be submitted by the contractor to the department in an electronic format specified by the department.
"Enrollee" shall mean any Medicaid beneficiary who is enrolled in the Iowa Plan in accordance with the provisions of the contract.
"Enrollment" shall mean the inclusion of a Medicaid beneficiary on a contractor's Medicaid enrollment file.
"Enrollment area" shall mean the geographical area in which the enrollees and members assigned by the department to the contractor reside.
"Fee-for-service" shall mean the method of making payment for Medicaid services reimbursable under the Medicaid state plan in which reimbursement is based on fees set by the department for defined services. Payment of the fee is based upon delivery of the defined services and is done through the Medicaid fiscal agent.
"Grievance" shall mean a nonclinical incident, nonclinical complaint, or nonclinical concern which is received verbally and which cannot be resolved in a manner satisfactory to enrollees or participating or nonparticipating providers by the immediate response of the contractor's staff member or a nonclinical incident, nonclinical complaint, or nonclinical concern which is received in writing.
"IJPC" shall mean Iowa Juvenile Placement Criteria published by the department of public health.
"Insolvency" shall mean a financial condition that exists when an entity is unable to pay its debts as they become due in the usual course of business, or when the liabilities of the entity exceed its assets.
"Integrated mental health services and supports" shall mean individualized mental health services and supports planned jointly by the contractor, the enrollee, and others significant to the enrollee as appropriate, which are not regularly defined services otherwise offered by the contractor.
"Iowa Plan" shall mean the Iowa Plan for Behavioral Health, established by this division as the managed care plan to provide mental health and substance abuse treatment.
"Licensed" shall mean a facility, equipment, individual or entity that has formally met state requirements for licensure and has been granted a license.
"Member" shall be a person determined eligible for the state payment program by the division of mental health and developmental disabilities and designated by that division for inclusion in the Iowa Plan.
"Mental health services" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative, or supportive services provided by an individual, agency, or other entity that is licensed, accredited, certified, or otherwise approved as required by law to treat any mental disorder listed in the International Classification of Diseases--Ninth Edition (ICD-9). At a minimum, covered disorders include the following ranges of the ICD-9: 290-302.9; 306-309.9; and 311-314.9. Additional code ranges may be included in the contract. Mental health services shall include, but not be limited to, those services listed at subrule 88.65(3).
"MHI" shall mean a state mental health institute operated by the department.
"Open panel" shall mean that the contractor shall subcontract with all providers who are appropriately licensed, certified, or accredited to provide covered, required, or optional services, and who meet the credentialing criteria, agree to the standard contract terms, and wish to participate.
"Participating providers" shall mean the providers of mental health and substance abuse services who subcontract with the contractor.
"Prepaid health plan (PHP)" shall mean an entity defined at Section 1903(m)(2)(B)(iii) of the Social Security Act and determined to be a PHP by the department based upon criteria set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations at Title 42, Part 434.20(a)(3), as amended to March 13, 1991.
"Prior authorization" shall mean the process by which an enrollee or a provider obtains approval prior to the initiation or continuation of a service as to the appropriateness of a service. The contractor may require prior authorization as a condition of payment. Prior authorization of a mental health service shall be based on psychosocial necessity. Prior authorization of a substance abuse service shall be based on service necessity.
"Psychosocial necessity" shall mean that clinical, rehabilitative, or supportive mental health services meet all of the following conditions. The services shall be:
1. Appropriate and necessary to the symptoms, diagnoses or treatment of a covered mental health diagnosis.
2. Provided for the diagnosis or direct care and treatment of a mental disorder.
3. Within standards of good practice for mental health treatment.
4. Required to meet the mental health needs of the enrollee and not primarily for the convenience of the enrollee, the provider, or the contractor.
5. The most appropriate type of service which would reasonably meet the needs of the enrollee in the least costly manner.
The determination of psychosocial necessity shall be made after consideration of the enrollee's clinical history, including the impact of previous treatment and service interventions; services being provided concurrently by other delivery systems; the potential for services and supports to avert the need for more intensive treatment; the potential for services and supports to allow the enrollee to maintain functioning improvement attained through previous treatment; unique circumstances which may impact the accessibility or appropriateness of particular services for an individual enrollee (e.g., availability of transportation, lack of natural supports including a place to live); and the enrollee's choice of provider or treatment location.
"Required services" shall mean mental health and substance abuse treatment services and supports which are not reimbursable though the Iowa Medicaid fee-for-service program but which are the contractual responsibility of the contractor.
"Retroactive eligibility" shall mean the period of time consisting of the three months preceding the month in which an application for Medicaid is filed, during which the person may be eligible for Medicaid coverage as determined by the department.
"Routine care" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative, or supportive mental health or substance abuse services which are typically arranged through regular, scheduled appointments with a provider. Conditions requiring routine care are not likely to substantially worsen or cause damage or disruption to the recipient's life without immediate intervention.
"Service necessity" shall mean that substance abuse services for the treatment of conditions related to substance abuse meet the following requirements according to the criteria of the ASAM PPC2 or the IJPC, whichever is applicable. The services shall be:
1. Appropriate and necessary to the symptoms, diagnoses or treatment of a covered substance abuse diagnosis.
2. Provided for the diagnosis or direct care and treatment of a substance abuse disorder.
3. Within standards of good practice for substance abuse treatment.
4. Required to meet the substance abuse treatment needs of the enrollee and not primarily for the convenience of the enrollee, the provider, or the contractor.
5. The most appropriate type of service which would reasonably meet the needs of the enrollee in the least costly manner.
"State payment program" shall mean the program through which certain services are provided to persons who have no legal settlement in any Iowa county. The program is administered by the division of mental health and developmental disabilities.
"Substance abuse licensed PMIC" shall mean a psychiatric medical institution for children (PMIC) which also is licensed in accordance with Iowa Code chapter 125 to provide substance abuse treatment services.
"Substance abuse services" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative, supportive and other services provided in response to and to alleviate the symptoms of any substance abuse disorder listed in the International Classification of Diseases--Ninth Edition (ICD-9), disorders 303 through 305.9, provided by an individual, agency, or other entity that is licensed, accredited, certified, or otherwise approved as required by law to treat any of these substance abuse disorders. Services include, but are not limited to, services listed at subrule 88.65(4).
"Targeted case management services" shall mean individual case management services targeted to persons with chronic mental illness as defined at Iowa Code section 225C.20 with standards set forth in 441--Chapter 24.
"Third party" shall mean an individual, entity, or program, excluding Medicaid, that is, may be, could be, should be, or has been liable for all or part of the cost of mental health and substance abuse services related to any medical assistance covered by Medicaid.
"Urgent, nonemergency care" shall mean those clinical, rehabilitative, or supportive services provided for conditions which, although they do not present immediate risk of death, injury, or lasting harm, may risk significant damage or disruption to the recipient's life or require expeditious treatment to alleviate the prospect that the condition will substantially worsen without immediate intervention.
441--88.62(249A) Participation.
88.62(1) Contract. The department may enter into a contract for the provision of mental health and substance abuse services specified in 441--Chapter 78, or any portion thereof, with a prepaid health plan.
a. The department shall also determine that the contractor meet the following additional requirements:
(1) The contractor shall make the services it provides to enrollees at least as accessible as those services were to beneficiaries prior to the implementation of the Iowa Plan.
(2) The contractor shall comply with insolvency requirements established by the department in the contract and shall ensure that neither Medicaid enrollees nor the state shall be responsible for its debts if the contractor should become insolvent.
(3) The contractor shall be licensed by the department of commerce, division of insurance, as a limited service organization.
b. The contract shall meet the following minimum requirements. The contract shall:
(1) Be in writing.
(2) Specify the duration of the contract period.
(3) List the services which must and may be covered.
(4) Describe information access and disclosure.
(5) List conditions for nonrenewal, termination, suspension, and modification.
(6) Specify the method and rate of reimbursement.
(7) Provide for disclosure of ownership and subcontractor relationships.
(8) Specify that all subcontracts shall be in writing, shall comply with the provisions of the contract between the department and the contractor, and shall include any general requirements of the contract that are appropriate to the service or activity covered by the subcontract.
88.62(2) Assessment of penalties. Penalties shall be assessed according to terms of the contract for failure to perform in either of the following areas:
a. Substantial failure to provide necessary covered and required services included in this contract when the failure has seriously and adversely affected an enrollee.
b. Failure to comply with any provision of the contract.
441--88.63(249A) Enrollment.
88.63(1) Enrollment area. The enrollment area shall be set forth in the contract between the department and the contractor. The department has determined that all counties of the state will be covered by the Iowa Plan, whether by a single statewide contractor or by multiple regional contractors.
88.63(2) Beneficiaries subject to enrollment. All Medicaid beneficiaries shall be subject to mandatory enrollment in the Iowa Plan. Beneficiaries who are enrolled in the Iowa Plan are notified with a message on their medical card. When a coverage group is included or excluded from Iowa Plan enrollment, the department and the contractor shall jointly notify beneficiaries and participating and nonparticipating Medicaid providers prior to implementation of the change. The department shall implement a transition plan to ensure continuity of services to beneficiaries.
88.63(3) Others to be served. The department shall include persons in the state payment program in the Iowa Plan. The department may include other recipients of mental health and substance abuse services in the Iowa Plan. The department shall specify in the contract the services, persons to be served, and reimbursement methodology when other recipients are included.
88.63(4) Voluntary enrollment. There will be no voluntary enrollment in the Iowa Plan.
88.63(5) Effective date. For new beneficiaries, the effective date of enrollment with the contractor shall be the first day of the month the Medicaid application was filed in the county office. Beneficiaries under the age of 21 served at an MHI and beneficiaries served at a substance abuse licensed PMIC will be enrolled for months of retroactive eligibility for Medicaid when the beneficiary resided in a substance abuse licensed PMIC or MHI during those months.
For current beneficiaries who are no longer in an eligibility group excluded from the Iowa Plan, the effective date of enrollment shall be the first day of the month following the month they leave the excluded group.
88.63(6) Medical card. The department shall issue medical assistance eligibility cards to all Medicaid beneficiaries. This medical card shall include information to identify the beneficiary as an Iowa Plan enrollee.
441--88.64(249A) Disenrollment.
88.64(1) Disenrollments by the department. Disenroll-ments shall occur when:
a. The enrollee becomes ineligible for Medicaid. If the enrollee becomes ineligible and is later reinstated to Medicaid, enrollment in the Iowa Plan shall also be reinstated.
b. The enrollee is transferred to a coverage group excluded from the Iowa Plan.
c. The enrollee dies.
88.64(2) Effective date. Disenrollment shall be effective the first day of the month following the month of disenroll-ment.
88.64(3) No disenrollment for health reasons. No enrollee shall be disenrolled from the Iowa Plan because of an adverse change in health status, including mental health and substance abuse status.
441--88.65(249A) Covered services.
88.65(1) Amount, duration, and scope of services. The contractor may not impose limitations on the amount, duration, or scope of services provided which are not allowable under the Medicaid state plan. The contractor may, however, require the use of participating providers, require prior authorization for services other than emergency services as set forth in rule 441--88.66(249A), and direct enrollees to the appropriate level of care for receipt of those services which are the responsibility of the contractor.
88.65(2) Enrollee use of Iowa Plan services. Enrollees shall receive all Medicaid-funded covered, required, and optional mental health and substance abuse services only through the Iowa Plan. An enrollee shall use only participating providers of service unless the contractor has authorized a referral to a nonparticipating provider for provision of a service or treatment plan. Payment shall be denied under Medicaid fee-for-service on claims for covered, required, and optional mental health and substance abuse services provided to enrollees. The contractor shall implement policies to ensure that no participating or nonparticipating provider bills an enrollee for all or any part of the cost of a covered, required, or optional service.
88.65(3) Covered, required and optional mental health services.
a. The contractor shall ensure, arrange, monitor and reimburse, at a minimum, the following covered mental health services:
(1) Ambulance services for psychiatric conditions.
(2) Emergency room services for psychiatric conditions available 24 hours per day, 365 days per year.
(3) Inpatient hospital care for psychiatric conditions.
(4) Outpatient hospital care for psychiatric conditions including intensive outpatient services.
(5) Partial hospitalization.
(6) Day treatment.
(7) Psychiatric physician services including consultations requested for enrollees receiving treatment for other medical conditions.
(8) Services of a licensed psychologist for testing, evaluation and treatment of mental illness.
(9) Services in state MHIs for enrollees under the age of 21 or through the age of 22 if the enrollee is hospitalized on the enrollee's twenty-first birthday.
(10) Services provided through a community mental health center.
(11) Targeted case management services to persons with chronic mental illness.
(12) Medication management.
(13) Psychiatric nursing services by a home health agency.
(14) Psychiatric or psychological screenings required subsequent to evaluations for persons applying for admission to nursing homes.
(15) Mental health services determined necessary subsequent to an EPSDT screening meeting the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989, Public Law 101-239, requirements.
b. The contractor shall ensure, arrange, monitor and reimburse the following required mental health services which are not reimbursable by Medicaid fee-for-service:
(1) Concurrent substance abuse and mental health services for those diagnosed with both chronic substance abuse and chronic mental illness.
(2) Services of a licensed social worker for treatment of mental illness.
(3) Mobile crisis services.
(4) Mobile counseling services.
(5) Integrated mental health services and supports.
(6) Psychiatric rehabilitation services.
(7) Peer support services for persons with chronic mental illness.
(8) Supported community living services.
(9) Periodic assessment of the level of functioning for each enrollee who meets the criteria of either a child with a serious emotional disability or a person with serious and persistent mental illness. The assessment is to be conducted by appropriately credentialed participating providers.
(10) Programs of assertive community treatment.
c. The contractor may develop optional services and supports to address the mental health needs of enrollees. These optional services and supports shall be implemented only after approval by the department. Optional services and supports shall be provided by or under the supervision of qualified mental health professionals or appropriately accredited agencies.
d. The department may require the coverage of other mental health services and supports under the terms of the contract.
88.65(4) Covered and required substance abuse services. The contractor shall ensure, arrange, monitor and reimburse the following services for the treatment of substance abuse:
a. Outpatient (all Level I as per ASAM PPC2 and IJPC).
b. Intensive outpatient and partial hospitalization (all Level II as per ASAM PPC2 and IJPC).
c. Residential/inpatient services (all Level III as per ASAM PPC2 and IJPC).
d. Medically managed intensive inpatient (all Level IV as per ASAM PPC2 and IJPC).
e. Detoxification.
f. PMIC substance abuse treatment services.
g. Emergency room services for substance abuse conditions available 24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
h. Ambulance services for substance abuse conditions.
i. Substance abuse treatment services determined necessary subsequent to an EPSDT screening meeting the Omnibus Budget Reconciliation Act of 1989, Public Law 101-239, requirements.
j. Intake, assessment, evaluation and diagnostic services, including testing for alcohol and drugs, to determine a substance abuse diagnosis.
88.65(5) Covered diagnoses. Services for a covered diagnosis cannot be denied solely on the basis of an individual's also having a noncovered diagnosis. Mental health services, including inpatient care, cannot be denied solely on the basis of an individual's having no Axis I diagnosis. The contractor will be responsible for ensuring, arranging, monitoring, and reimbursing services necessary for the behavioral care and treatment of the covered diagnoses for Iowa Plan enrollees who are diagnosed with a covered diagnosis and a noncovered diagnosis.
The services defined at subrules 88.65(3) and 88.65(4) shall be provided to all Iowa Plan enrollees who meet the diagnostic criteria for the following disorders listed in the International Classification of Diseases--Ninth Edition (ICD-9):
1. Mental health: 290-302.9; 306-309.9; 311-314.9.
2. Substance abuse: 303-305.9.
88.65(6) Excluded services. Unless specifically included in the contract, the contractor shall not be required to provide long-term care (e.g., residential care facilities, nursing facilities, state hospital schools, or intermediate care facilities for persons with mental retardation) or services provided as part of the Medicaid rehabilitative treatment services as set forth in 441--Chapter 185.
441--88.66(249A) Emergency services.
88.66(1) Availability of services. The contractor shall ensure that emergency services for covered diagnoses are available 24 hours a day, seven days a week, either through participating providers or through arrangements with other providers.
88.66(2) Payment for emergency room services. Emergency room services for covered diagnoses shall be reimbursed for enrollees regardless of whether authorized in advance or whether the provider of service is a participating provider.
a. For emergency room services provided to an Iowa Plan enrollee by a participating or a nonparticipating provider when covered diagnoses are the primary condition, the contractor may:
(1) Establish policies requiring notification of the provision of emergency room service within a stated time frame which shall be no less than 48 hours.
(2) Require authorization of any services beyond those provided in the emergency room.
b. For emergency room services provided to an Iowa Plan enrollee by a participating or a nonparticipating provider when covered diagnoses are the primary condition, the contractor shall:
(1) Provide a minimum triage fee to the emergency room, regardless of whether the facility notifies the contractor. The triage fee shall be no less than is paid under payment mechanisms established for the Medicaid fee-for-service program.
(2) Reimburse the emergency room for emergency room services provided, contingent upon the facility's compliance with notification policies. Reimbursement to nonparticipating providers shall be no less than the average payment which would be made to a participating provider.
88.66(3) Contractor payment liability. The contractor's payment liability for the provision of emergency mental health and substance abuse services by nonparticipating providers is limited to emergency mental health and substance abuse services provided before the enrollee can, without danger or harmful consequences to the enrollee or others, return to the care of a participating provider. If transportation is necessary to transport the enrollee from a nonparticipating provider to a participating provider, the contractor shall be financially liable for the transportation. In reimbursing nonparticipating providers, the contractor's liability is limited to the average reimbursement which the contractor would pay to a participating provider for the same services.
88.66(4) Notification and claim filing time spans. The contractor may set notification and claim filing time limitations in the event of the provision of care by nonparticipating providers and shall notify enrollees of these provisions. However, failure to give notice or to file claims within those time limitations shall not invalidate any claim if it can be shown that it was not reasonably possible to give the notice and that notice was, in fact, given as soon as was reasonably possible. In addition, the contractor shall provide payment for emergency services to nonparticipating providers within 60 days of receipt of a bill which complies with all billing requirements established by the contractor's policies.
441--88.67(249A) Access to service.
88.67(1) Choice of provider. Enrollees shall have the opportunity to choose their mental health care and substance abuse treatment professionals and service providers from any of the participating providers to the extent clinically appropriate.
88.67(2) Open panel requirement. The contractor shall establish and implement policies to ensure an open panel approach to the recruitment of participating providers.
88.67(3) Requirements for participating provider panel. The contractor shall develop and maintain a panel of participating providers which meets the following requirements. The panel shall:
a. Have sufficient staff resources to adequately provide mental health and substance abuse services to meet the needs of enrollees or have arrangements for services to be provided by other providers where capability of participating providers to serve specific mental health and substance abuse needs does not exist.
b. Maintain treatment sites in compliance with all applicable local, state, and federal standards related to the services provided as well as those for fire and safety.
88.67(4) Adequate appointment system. The contractor shall require that participating providers have procedures for the scheduling of enrollee appointments, which are appropriate to the reason for the service, as follows:
a. Enrollees with emergency needs shall be seen within 15 minutes of presentation at a service delivery site.
b. Persons with urgent nonemergency needs shall be seen within 1 hour of presentation at a service delivery site or within 24 hours of telephone contact with provider or contractor.
c. Persons with persistent symptoms shall be seen within 48 hours of reporting symptoms.
d. Persons with need for routine services shall be seen within three weeks of the request for appointment.
88.67(5) Adequate after-hours call-in coverage. The contractor shall ensure crisis counseling and referral are available 24 hours a day, 365 days per year via a toll-free telephone line, the number for which is regularly made available to all enrollees.
88.67(6) Adequate referral system. The contractor shall have in effect arrangements which provide for an adequate referral system for any specialty mental health and substance abuse treatment services not available through participating providers.
88.67(7) Discharge planning. The contractor shall implement policies to ensure that no enrollee who has been receiving services in a 24-hour setting funded by the contractor is discharged from that setting until a discharge plan has been developed which provides appropriate follow-up care and treatment which is accessible to that enrollee.
441--88.68(249A) Review of contractor decisions and actions.
88.68(1) Clinical decision review. The contractor shall have written procedures by which enrollees and participating and nonparticipating providers may request a clinical decision review. The clinical decision review, when requested, shall be conducted by staff other than the person or persons who made the original clinical care decision. All policies related to clinical decision review shall be approved by the department prior to implementation. The contractor's clinical decision review policies shall further:
a. Require acknowledgment of the receipt of a request for a clinical decision review to the enrollee and to the provider if applicable within three working days.
b. Allow for participation by the enrollee and the provider.
c. Set time frames for resolution including emergency procedures which are appropriate to the nature of the clinical decision under review.
d. Require that 95 percent of all clinical decision reviews be resolved within 14 days of receipt of all required documentation and that 100 percent of all clinical decision reviews be resolved within 90 days of the receipt of all required documentation.
e. Ensure the participation of contractor staff with authority to require corrective action.
f. Include at least one level of internal review.
g. Ensure the confidentiality of the enrollee.
88.68(2) Appeal to department. Enrollees and members may appeal clinical care decisions in accordance with the appeal process available to all persons receiving Medicaid-funded services as set forth in 441--Chapter 7 if the enrollee or member is not satisfied with the final decision rendered by the contractor through the contractor's clinical decision review process.
88.68(3) Review of nonclinical decisions. The contractor shall have available to all enrollees and other persons who do business with the contractor a process for the review of any complaints or grievances concerning nonclinical matters. All policies related to the review of nonclinical decisions shall be approved by the department prior to implementation. Policies regarding the process for the review of nonclinical decisions shall incorporate the following:
a. Allow initiation both verbally and in writing.
b. Require a review conducted by someone other than the person who made the original decision.
c. Require written notice acknowledging the receipt of a complaint or grievance.
d. Require resolution of 95 percent of all complaints or grievances within 14 days of the receipt of all required documentation and resolution of 100 percent within 90 days of the receipt of all required documentation.
88.68(4) Written record. All requests for review of contractor decisions and actions, including all informal or verbal complaints which must be referred or researched for resolution, shall be recorded in writing. A log shall be retained and made available at the request of the department. The log shall include progress notes and method of resolution to allow determination of compliance with subrules 88.68(1) and 88.68(3).
88.68(5) Information concerning procedures relating to the review of contractor decisions and actions. The contractor's written procedures for the review of contractor decisions and actions shall be provided to each new enrollee, to participating providers in a provider manual, and to nonparticipating providers upon request.
88.68(6) Periodic reports to the department. The contractor shall make reports to the department summarizing the review of contractor decisions and actions and resolutions to the reviews at a frequency specified in the contract.
441--88.69(249A) Records and reports.
88.69(1) Records system. The contractor shall document and maintain clinical and fiscal records throughout the course of the contract. The record system shall:
a. Identify transactions with or on behalf of each enrollee by the state identification number assigned to the enrollee by the department.
b. Provide a rationale for and documentation of clinical care decisions made by the contractor based upon psychosocial necessity for mental health services and service necessity for substance abuse services.
c. Permit effective professional review for medical audit processes.
d. Facilitate an adequate system for monitoring treatment reimbursed by the contractor including follow-up of the implementation of discharge plans and referral to other providers.
e. Meet contract reporting requirements and federal reporting requirements applicable to prepaid health plans.
88.69(2) Content of individual treatment record. The contractor shall have contractual requirements with participating providers which ensure an adequate record-keeping system, including documentation of all Iowa Plan services provided to each enrollee, in compliance with the provisions of rule 441--79.3(249A).
88.69(3) Confidentiality of mental health information. The contractor shall protect and maintain the confidentiality of mental health information by implementing policies for staff and through contract terms with participating providers which allow release of mental health information only as allowed by Iowa Code chapter 228.
88.69(4) Confidentiality of substance abuse information. The contractor shall protect and maintain the confidentiality of substance abuse information by implementing policies for staff and through contract terms with participating providers which allow release of substance abuse information only in compliance with policies set forth in the Code of Federal Regulations at Title 42, Part 2, as amended to May 5, 1995, and other applicable state and federal law and regulations.
88.69(5) Reports to the department. The contractor shall submit reports to the department as follows:
a. Encounter data on a monthly basis.
b. Annual audited financial statements no later than 180 days after the close of each contract year.
c. Periodic financial, utilization, and statistical reports as required by the department in the contract.
d. Other reporting requirements as specified in the contract.
88.69(6) Audits. The department or its designee and the U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (HHS) may evaluate through inspections or other means the quality, appropriateness, and timeliness of services performed by the contractor, participating providers, nonparticipating providers, and subcontractors pertaining to services performed and reimbursed under the contract. The department or its designee or HHS may audit and inspect any records of the contractor, participating providers, nonparticipating providers and subcontractors of the contractor, pertaining to services performed and the determination of amounts paid under the contract. These records shall be made available at times, places, and in a manner as authorized representatives of the department, its designee, or HHS may request.
441--88.70(249A) Marketing. The marketing of Iowa Plan services is prohibited.
441--88.71(249A) Enrollee education.
88.71(1) Use of services. The contractor shall provide written information to all enrollees on the use of services the contractor is responsible to ensure, arrange, monitor, and reimburse. Information must include services covered; how to access services; providers participating; explanation of the process for the review of contractor decisions and actions, including the enrollee's right to a fair hearing under 441-- Chapter 7 and how to access that fair hearing process; provision of after-hours and emergency care; procedures for notifying enrollees of a change in benefits or office sites; how to request a change in providers; statement of consumer rights and responsibilities; out-of-area use of service; availability of toll-free telephone information and crisis assistance; appropriate use of the referral system; and the method of accessing Medicaid-funded services not covered by the Iowa Plan, especially pharmacy services.
88.71(2) Outreach to beneficiaries with special needs. The contractor shall provide enhanced outreach to beneficiaries with special needs including, but not limited to, persons with psychiatric disabilities, mental retardation or other cognitive impairments, homeless persons, illiterate persons, non-English-speaking persons and persons with visual or hearing impairments.
88.71(3) Patient rights and responsibilities. The contractor shall have in effect a written statement of patient rights and responsibilities which is available upon request as well as issued to all new enrollees. This statement shall be part of enrollment information provided to all new enrollees.
441--88.72(249A) Payment to the contractor.
88.72(1) Capitation rate. In consideration for all services rendered by the contractor under a Medicaid contract with the department, the contractor shall receive a payment each month for each enrollee. This Medicaid capitation rate represents the total obligation of the department with respect to the costs of Medicaid mental health and substance abuseservices provided to enrollees under the contract. The contractor accepts the rate as payment in full for the Medicaid-contracted services.
88.72(2) Determination of rate. The Medicaid capitation rates shall be established in the contract and shall not exceed the cost to the department of providing the same covered services on a fee-for-service basis to the same group of Medicaid beneficiaries eligible for the plan.
88.72(3) Payment for services to other recipients. When the department chooses to include mental or substance abuse services for recipients other than enrollees, the department shall establish rates and reimbursement procedures in the contract.
88.72(4) Third-party liability. If an enrollee has health coverage or a responsible party other than the Medicaid program available for purposes of payment for mental health and substance abuse expenses, it is the right and responsibility of the contractor to investigate these third-party resources and attempt to obtain payment. The contractor may retain all funds collected through third-party sources. A complete rec-ord of third-party liability shall be maintained and made available to the department at the end of each contract year.
441--88.73(249A) Claims payment.
88.73(1) Claims payment by contractor. The contractor shall meet the following time lines for the payment of all claims for covered, required and optional mental health and substance abuse services submitted which meet the contractor's requirements for claim submission:
a. For at least 85 percent of claims submitted, payment shall be mailed or claims shall be denied within 14 days of the date the claim is received by the contractor.
b. For at least 90 percent of claims submitted, payment shall be mailed or claims shall be denied within 30 days of the date the claim is received by the contractor.
c. For 100 percent of claims submitted, payment shall be mailed or claims shall be denied within 90 days of the date the claim is received by the contractor.
88.73(2) Limits on payment responsibility for services other than emergency room services. The contractor is not required to reimburse providers for the provision of mental health services that do not meet the criteria of psychosocial necessity. The contractor is not required to reimburse providers for the provision of substance abuse services which do not meet the criteria of service necessity. The contractor has the right to require prior authorization of covered, required and optional services and to deny reimbursement to providers who do not comply with such requirements. Payment responsibilities for emergency room services are as provided at subrule 88.66(2).
88.73(3) Payment to nonparticipating providers. In reimbursing nonparticipating providers, the contractor is obligated to pay no more than the average rate of reimbursement which the contractor pays to participating providers for the same service.
88.73(4) Payment of crossover and copayments. The contractor shall pay crossover claims for Medicare deductible and copayment amounts for those beneficiaries who use Medicare-covered mental health and substance abuse services.
441--88.74(249A) Quality assurance. The contractor shall have in effect an internal quality assurance system which meets the requirements of 42 CFR, Part 434.34 as amended to March 12, 1984, and complies with all other requirements specified in the contract.
441--88.75(249A) Iowa Plan advisory committee. The department shall appoint an advisory committee to advise the department in the implementation and operation of the Plan and to provide for ongoing public input in its operation.
These rules are intended to implement Iowa Code section 249A.4.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 1/1/99]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8221A
HUMAN SERVICES DEPARTMENT[441]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 234.6, 237A.12, and 252J.8, the Department of Human Services hereby amends Chapter 107, "Certification of Adoption Investigators," and Chapter 110, "Family and Group Day Care Homes," appearing in the Iowa Administrative Code.
The Council on Human Services adopted these amendments July 14, 1998. Notice of Intended Action regarding these amendments was published in the Iowa Administrative Bulletin on June 3, 1998, as ARC 8035A.
These amendments specify the procedures to be followed when a Certificate of Noncompliance is received from the Child Support Recovery Unit (CSRU) regarding a certified adoption investigator, group day care home provider, group day care home-joint registration provider, or a provider registered for a Level II, III, or IV day care home. Receipt of a Certificate of Noncompliance will require the Department to revoke or deny certification for a certified adoption investigator or registration for a group day care home provider, group day care home-joint registration provider, or a provider registered for a Level II, III, or IV day care home.
The license sanction process for the enforcement of child support orders was mandated by the Seventy-sixth General Assembly in Iowa Code Supplement chapter 252J. CSRU may refer an obligor to a licensing agency for the suspension, revocation, nonissuance, or nonrenewal of a variety of licenses including, but not limited to, motor vehicle registrations, driver's licenses, business and professional licenses. In order to be referred to a licensing agency for license sanction, an obligor's support payments must be delinquent in an amount equal to the support payment for 90 days.
When an obligor's support payments are delinquent in an amount equal to the support payment for 90 days, CSRU may issue a notice to the obligor informing the obligor that the obligor may make immediate payment of all current and past due support, schedule a conference to review CSRU's action, or enter into a payment agreement with the unit. If the obligor fails to respond to the notice within 20 days, or requests a conference and fails to appear, CSRU shall issue a Certificate of Noncompliance to the applicable licensing authority. The licensing authority is required to notify the obligor 30 days before the suspension, revocation, or denial of the obligor's license. The obligor may seek review of the decision before the District Court. Provisions governing issuance of the notice, the conference, and notice by the licensing authority are set forth in Iowa Code Supplement chapter 252J.
During the conference, CSRU will determine if the obligor's ability to pay varies from the current support order. A payment agreement shall be completed which shall require the obligor to pay the lower of the amount calculated or the maximum amount payable under an income withholding order. Failure of the obligor to comply with the terms of the payment agreement shall also result in the issuance of a Certificate of Noncompliance.
The Certificate of Noncompliance remains in effect until the obligor pays all support owed, both arrears and current; or enters into a payment agreement; or begins receiving social security, SSI, or FIP; or becomes ill or disabled; or begins participating in job training.
These amendments are identical to those published under Notice of Intended Action.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 237A, 252J and 600.
These amendments shall become effective October 1, 1998.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 441--107.4(600) by adopting the following new subrule:
107.4(6) Certification actions for nonpayment of child support. The department shall revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of a certification of an adoption investigator upon the receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit of the department according to the procedures in Iowa Code chapter 252J. In addition to the procedures set forth in Iowa Code chapter 252J, the rules in this chapter shall apply.
a. The notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be served upon the applicant or certified investigator by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal service in accordance with Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure 56.1. Alternatively, the applicant or certified investigator may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
b. The effective date of the revocation or denial of the certification as specified in the notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant or certified investigator.
c. The department director or designee of the director is authorized to prepare and serve the notice as required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 upon the applicant or certified investigator.
d. Applicants and certified investigators shall keep the department informed of all court actions, and all child support recovery unit actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 252J, and shall provide the department copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9, all court orders entered in these actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the child support recovery unit.
e. An applicant or certified investigator may file an application with the district court within 30 days of service of a department notice pursuant to Iowa Code sections 252J.8 and 252J.9.
(1) The filing of the application shall stay the department action until the department receives a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the department to proceed.
(2) For purposes of determining the effective date of the revocation, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a certification, the department shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
f. The department shall notify the applicant or certified investigator in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the department deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the revocation of certification or the denial of the issuance or renewal of a certificate of adoption investigator, and shall similarly notify the applicant or certified investigator when the certificate is issued, renewed, or reinstated following the department's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
g. Notwithstanding Iowa Code section 17A.18, the registrant does not have the right to a hearing regarding this issue, but may request a court hearing pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 107.5(2), paragraph "b," as follows:
b. If an applicant is denied certification or recertification based on an inability to meet the requirements of subrule 107.4(1), 107.4(2), 107.4(3), 107.4(4), or 107.4(5), or 107.4(6), the applicant may reapply when the requirements for certification have been met.
Further amend subrule 107.5(2) by rescinding and reserving paragraph "c."
ITEM 3. Adopt the following new rules:
441--110.12(237A) Registration actions for nonpayment of child support. The department shall revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of a child care registration for a group child care home or group child care home-joint registration provider upon the receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit of the department according to the procedures in Iowa Code chapter 252J. In addition to the procedures set forth in Iowa Code chapter 252J, the rules in this chapter shall apply.
110.12(1) Service of notice. The notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be served upon the applicant or registrant by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal service in accordance with Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure 56.1. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
110.12(2) Effective date. The effective date of the revocation or denial of the registration as specified in the notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant or licensee.
110.12(3) Preparation of notice. The department director or designee of the director is authorized to prepare and serve the notice as required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 upon the applicant or registrant.
110.12(4) Responsibilities of registrants and applicants. Registrants and registrant applicants shall keep the department informed of all court actions, and all child support recovery unit actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 252J, and shall provide the department copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9, all court orders entered in the actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the child support recovery unit.
110.12(5) District court. A registrant or applicant may file an application with the district court within 30 days of service of a department notice pursuant to Iowa Code sections 252J.8 and 252J.9.
a. The filing of the application shall stay the department action until the department receives a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the department to proceed.
b. For purposes of determining the effective date of the revocation, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a registration, the department shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
110.12(6) Procedure for notification. The department shall notify the applicant or registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the department deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the revocation of a registration or the denial of the issuance or renewal of a registration, and shall similarly notify the applicant or registrant when the registration is issued, renewed, or reinstated following the department's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
110.12(7) Appeal rights. Notwithstanding Iowa Code section 17A.18, the registrant does not have the right to a hearing regarding this issue, but may request a court hearing pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9.
441--110.36(237) Registration actions for nonpayment of child support. The department shall revoke or deny the issuance or renewal of a child care registration for a Level II, III, or IV child care home upon the receipt of a certificate of noncompliance from the child support recovery unit of the department according to the procedures in Iowa Code chapter 252J. In addition to the procedures set forth in Iowa Code chapter 252J, the rules in this chapter shall apply.
110.36(1) Service of notice. The notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be served upon the applicant or registrant by restricted certified mail, return receipt requested, or personal service in accordance with Iowa Rules of Civil Procedure 56.1. Alternatively, the applicant or registrant may accept service personally or through authorized counsel.
110.36(2) Effective date. The effective date of the revocation or denial of the registration as specified in the notice required by Iowa Code section 252J.8 shall be 60 days following service of the notice upon the applicant or licensee.
110.36(3) Preparation of notice. The department director or designee of the director is authorized to prepare and serve the notice upon the applicant or registrant as required by Iowa Code section 252J.8.
110.36(4) Responsibilities of registrants and applicants. Registrants and registrant applicants shall keep the department informed of all court actions, and all child support recovery unit actions taken under or in connection with Iowa Code chapter 252J, and shall provide the department copies, within seven days of filing or issuance, of all applications filed with the district court pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9, all court orders entered in the actions, and withdrawals of certificates of noncompliance by the child support recovery unit.
110.36(5) District court. A registrant or applicant may file an application with the district court within 30 days of service of a department notice pursuant to Iowa Code sections 252J.8 and 252J.9.
a. The filing of the application shall stay the department action until the department receives a court order lifting the stay, dismissing the action, or otherwise directing the department to proceed.
b. For purposes of determining the effective date of the revocation, or denial of the issuance or renewal of a registration, the department shall count the number of days before the action was filed and the number of days after the action was disposed of by the court.
110.36(6) Procedure for notification. The department shall notify the applicant or registrant in writing through regular first-class mail, or such other means as the department deems appropriate in the circumstances, within ten days of the effective date of the revocation of a registration or the denial of the issuance or renewal of a registration, and shall similarly notify the applicant or registrant when the registration is issued, renewed, or reinstated following the department's receipt of a withdrawal of the certificate of noncompliance.
110.36(7) Appeal rights. Notwithstanding Iowa Code section 17A.18, the registrant does not have the right to a hearing regarding this issue, but may request a court hearing pursuant to Iowa Code section 252J.9.
[Filed 7/15/98, effective 10/1/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8225A
INSURANCE DIVISION[191]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 502.607, the Insurance Division hereby amends Chapter 50, "Regulation of Securities Offerings and Those Who Engage in the Securities Business," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment allows broker-dealers, investment advisers, broker-dealer agents, and investment adviser representatives to advertise their products and services over the Internet without violating certain registration provisions of Iowa Code chapter 502.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the June 17, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8070A. No comments were received. The adopted amendment is identical to that published under Notice.
This amendment will become effective on September 16, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 502.301.
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend 191--Chapter 50 by adopting the following new rule:
191--50.35(502) Internet advertising by broker-dealers, investment advisers, broker-dealer agents, and investment adviser representatives.
50.35(1) Broker-dealers, investment advisers, broker-dealer agents, and investment adviser representatives who use the Internet, the worldwide web, and similar proprietary or common carrier electronic systems ("Internet") to disseminate information on available products and services, through certain communications made on the Internet directed generally to anyone having access to the Internet, and transmitted through postings on bulletin boards, displays on home pages or similar methods ("Internet communication"), shall not be deemed to be transacting business in this state for purposes of Iowa Code section 502.301, based solely on that communication, if the following conditions are observed:
a. The Internet communication contains a legend which clearly states that:
(1) The broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative may only transact business in this state if first registered or excluded or exempted from state broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative registration requirements; and
(2) The broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative will not effect or attempt to effect transactions in securities, or render personalized investment advice for compensation, as may be, absent compliance with state broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative registration requirements, or an applicable exemption or exclusion;
b. The Internet communication contains a mechanism including, without limitation, technical "firewalls" or other policies and procedures to ensure that, prior to effecting or attempting to effect transactions with customers in this state, or prior to direct communication with prospective customers or clients in this state, said broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative is first registered in this state or qualifies for an exemption or exclusion from the registration requirements. Nothing in this paragraph shall be construed to relieve a state-registeredbroker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative from complying with any applicable securities registration requirement in this state;
c. The broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative does not, through the Internet communication, effect or attempt to effect transactions in securities in this state, or render personalized investment advice for compensation, as may be, but limits the Internet communication to general information on products and services; and
d. In the case of a broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative:
(1) The agent's broker-dealer or investment adviser affiliation is prominently disclosed within the Internet communication;
(2) The broker-dealer or investment adviser with whom the agent or representative is affiliated retains responsibility for reviewing and approving the content of any Internet communication by the broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative;
(3) The broker-dealer or investment adviser with whom the agent or representative is associated first authorizes the dissemination through the Internet communication of information on the particular products and services; and
(4) In disseminating information through the Internet communication, the broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative acts within the scope of the authority granted by the broker-dealer or investment adviser.
50.35(2) Nothing in this rule shall excuse broker-dealer, investment adviser, broker-dealer agent, and investment adviser representative compliance with applicable securities registration, antifraud or related provisions.
50.35(3) Nothing in this rule shall be construed to affect the activities of any broker-dealer, investment adviser,broker-dealer agent or investment adviser representative engaged in business in this state that is not subject to the jurisdiction of the administrator as a result of the National Securities Markets Improvements Act of 1996.
This rule is intended to implement Iowa Code section 502.301.
[Filed 7/22/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8236A
PROFESSIONAL LICENSURE DIVISION[645]

BOARD OF SOCIAL WORK EXAMINERS

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code section 147.76, the Iowa Board of Social Work Examiners hereby amends Chapter 280, "Board of Social Work Examiners," Iowa Administrative Code.
These amendments change the Board quorum from five members to four members, establish supervision requirements and parameters for licensure at the independent level of licensure, and provide some clarifying language.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the May 6, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 7987A. A public hearing was held on May 27, 1998, from 9 to 11 a.m. in the Fourth Floor Conference Room, Side 1, Lucas State Office Building, Des Moines, Iowa. No written or verbal comments were received. With the exception of the addition of definition of "LISW," these amendments are identical to the ones published under Notice of Intended Action.
The Board has determined that the amendments will have no impact on small business within the meaning of Iowa Code section 17A.31.
These amendments were adopted by the Board on July 14, 1998.
These amendments will become effective on September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 154C and 272C.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 645--280.1(154C) by adding the following new definition in alphabetical order:
"LISW" means licensed independent social worker.
ITEM 2. Amend subrule 280.2(1) as follows:
280.2(1) The board consists of five members appointed by the governor and confirmed by the senate. Three members are licensed to practice social work and two members, who are not licensed to practice social work, shall represent the general public. A quorum shall consist of three members of the board. As of July 1, 1998, the board shall consist of a total of seven members, five who are licensed to practice social work, with at least one from each of three levels of licensure described in Iowa Code section 154C.3, subsection 1, two employed by a licensee under Iowa Code chapter 237, and two who are not licensed social workers and who shall represent the general public. A quorum shall consist of five four members of the board.
ITEM 3. Amend subrule 280.2(2) as follows:
280.2(2) A chairperson, vice chairperson, and secretary, to the board, and delegate and alternate delegate to the AASSWB American Association of State Social Work Boards (AASSWB) shall be elected at the first meeting after April 30 of each year.
ITEM 4. Amend subrule 280.3(3), paragraph "e," as follows:
e. Supervision is 1 hour of face-to-face contact for every 15 hours of practice unless a waiver is granted by the board. Supervision shall be provided in either any of the following manners:
(1) By a social worker licensed at least at the independent level of the social worker work being supervised and as qualified under this section rule 280.8(154C) to practice without supervision.
(2) By another qualified professional, if the board of social work examiners determines that supervision by a social worker as defined in subparagraph (1) rule 280.8(154C) is unobtainable or in other situations considered appropriate by the board.
ITEM 5. Rescind subrule 280.3(4).
ITEM 6. Amend subrule 280.4(1) as follows:
280.4(1) Any person seeking a license shall complete and submit to the board a completed application form, which form is provided by the board, to the board office no later than 45 days prior to the date of the electronic examination. From July 1, 1996, to June 30, 1998, any person seeking a license shall complete and submit to the board a completed application form at any time unless the person is choosing to sit for the examination, in which case the application must be received by the board office no later than 45 days prior to the date of the electronic examination.
ITEM 7. Adopt new rule 645--280.8(154C) as follows:
645--280.8(154C) Supervision.
280.8(1) Supervision for independent social work license. All social workers who seek to attain licensure as an independent social worker shall have practiced social work in a supervised setting in accordance with the following requirements.
a. To be eligible for licensure as an independent social worker, a candidate must obtain two years of full-time practice or 4,000 hours of post-master's social work degree experience over a minimum two-year and maximum six-year period. Of these two years of full-time practice or 4,000 hours of post-master's social work degree experience, at least 110 hours of supervision is required. This 110 hours of supervision must be equitably distributed throughout a minimum of a two-year period. The board retains the authority to review extraordinary circumstances relevant to the time parameters of supervised practice. No more than 60 hours of the 110 hours can be provided in group supervision. Group supervision may be composed of no more than six supervisees per group. The board maintains the authority to grant exceptions to the time parameters of supervised practice upon written request of the applicant.
b. Supervision must be in face-to-face meetings between the supervisor and the supervisee unless the board has granted an exception allowing for an alternate form of supervision, upon written request of the applicant.
280.8(2) Qualifications for supervisor. An individual providing supervision to an LISW candidate shall be a licensed independent social worker. An individual licensed in another state and providing supervision for an Iowa LISW candidate must be licensed at a level equivalent to Iowa's LISW level.
a. A supervisor of an LISW candidate must have a minimum of 2,000 hours of practice earned over a period of two years of practice beyond receipt of a license to practice independent social work in Iowa or the equivalent license from another state.
b. Exceptions to this rule shall be made on an individual basis. Requests for alternative supervisors must be submitted in writing, and the board must approve the supervisor prior to commencement of the supervision.
280.8(3) Supervision responsibilities.
a. Setting of supervision. If supervision is not provided within the agency of employment, the supervisee must obtain a written release from the agency administrator pertaining to practice with agency clients. If this is not possible, then the supervisee and agency supervisor may request, in writing, an exception to this rule.
b. Plan for supervision. A plan for supervision must be established and maintained throughout the supervisory period. Such a plan must be kept by the supervisor for a period of seven years and must be submitted to the board upon its request for audit within 30 days from receipt of the request. A grandparenting period of one year from September 16, 1998, shall be granted to all those who have started supervision as provided in the prior administrative rules. The board reserves the right to audit such plans.
c. Content areas for supervision. The supervisor is responsible for supervision within the following content areas:
(1) Practice skills.
(2) Practice management skills.
(3) Skills required for continuing competence.
(4) Development of professional identity.
(5) Ethical practice.
d. The areas of supervisory accountability shall include:
(1) Area of social work practice.
(2) Agency providing services.
(3) Legal and regulatory requirements.
(4) Ethical standards of the profession.
(5) Acceptance of professional responsibility for the social work services provided by the supervisee.
280.8(4) Documentation for supervision of independent practice.
a. A plan for supervision must be created at the beginning of a period of supervision and be maintained by the supervisor. If there is a change of supervisors, it is the responsibility of the LISW candidate to have a termination evaluation completed by that supervisor and to provide a copy to the next supervisor. The LISW candidate must also provide the supervisor the supervision report sheet described in paragraph "b" below.
b. At the end of supervision, any and all supervisors shall complete a supervision report sheet. This sheet shall be answered in full and signed by both the supervisor and supervisee. This report shall be submitted to the board for review and approval prior to the completion of the LISW level examination.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8231A
RACING AND GAMING COMMISSION[491]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 99D.7 and 99F.4, the Iowa Racing and Gaming Commission hereby adopts amendments to Chapter 1, "Organization and Operation," Chapter 5, "Applications for Track Licenses and Racing Dates," and Chapter 20, "Application Process for Excursion Boats and Racetrack Enclosure Gaming License," Iowa Administrative Code.
Item 1 does not allow the licensee to permit the operation of a satellite terminal as defined in Iowa Code section 527.2.
Item 2 limits the location and number of racetracks.
Item 3 limits the number and locations of licenses to conduct gambling games on excursion boats.
These adopted amendments are similar to those published under Notice of Intended Action in the June 17, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 8071A with the exception of Item 1 which was rewritten as a result of public comment. Items 2 and 3 were changed by deleting the language that would not have allowed any increase in the number of gambling games or slot machines. This was also as a result of public comments.
A public hearing was held on July 7, 1998. Comments were received and distributed to the Administrative Rules Committee at their July 13, 1998, meeting.
These amendments will become effective September 16, 1998.
These amendments are intended to implement Iowa Code chapters 99D and 99F.
The following amendments are adopted.
ITEM 1. Amend rule 491--1.6(99D,99F) by adopting the following new subrule:
1.6(4) Satellite terminal. A licensee shall not permit or facilitate the operation of a satellite terminal, as defined in Iowa Code section 527.2, or any other device or arrangement, by which credit is given to a licensee's customer through use of a credit card, as defined by Iowa Code section 537.1301(16). This provision, however, does not prohibit:
a. The exchange of money for tokens, chips, or other forms of credit to be wagered on gambling games as specifically authorized by Iowa Code section 99F.9; or
b. The sale of lodging, food, beverages, or other nongambling services or products by credit card purchase.
ITEM 2. Amend rule 491--5.1(99D) by adopting the following new subrule:
5.1(5) Limitation on location and number of racetracks.
a. The number of licenses to conduct horse racing shall be one for a racetrack located in Polk County and the number of licenses to conduct dog racing shall be two, one for a racetrack located in Dubuque County and one for a racetrack located in Pottawattamie County.
b. Notwithstanding paragraph "a," with the approval of the commission:
(1) A licensed racetrack and its facilities may be sold and a new license may be issued for operation in the same county.
(2) A licensed racetrack may move to a new location within the same county.
(3) If a racetrack license is surrendered, not renewed, or revoked, a new license may be issued for operation in the same county.
ITEM 3. Amend 491--Chapter 20 by adopting the following new rule:
491--20.22(99F) Limitation on the number and locations of licenses to conduct gambling games on excursion boats.
20.22(1) The total number of licenses issued to conduct gambling games on excursion boats shall not exceed ten and shall be restricted to the counties where such boats were operating (or licensed to operate in the future) as of May 1, 1998.
20.22(2) Notwithstanding subrule 20.22(1), with the approval of the commission:
a. A licensed excursion gambling boat may move to a new location within the same county.
b. A licensed excursion gambling boat and its facilities may be sold and a new license issued for operation in the same county.
c. If a license to conduct gambling games on an excursion gambling boat is surrendered, not renewed, or revoked, a new license may be issued for operation in the same county.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.
ARC 8237A
VETERANS AFFAIRS COMMISSION[801]

Adopted and Filed

Pursuant to the authority of Iowa Code sections 35A.3(2) and 35A.3(12), the Veterans Affairs Commission hereby amends Chapter 1, "Organization and Procedures," Iowa Administrative Code.
This amendment reflects current Commission operating procedure, which is to select a chairperson, a senior vice-chairperson and a junior vice-chairperson at the first meeting of each state fiscal year.
Notice of Intended Action was published in the January 28, 1998, Iowa Administrative Bulletin as ARC 7780A. The adopted amendment is identical to that published under Notice.
This amendment was approved during the July 15, 1998, meeting of the Veterans Affairs Commission.
This amendment will become effective September 16, 1998.
This amendment is intended to implement Iowa Code section 35A.3, subsection (1).
The following amendment is adopted.
Amend subrule 1.2(3), paragraph "a," as follows:
a. Organize and annually select a chairperson, and senior vice-chairperson and a junior vice-chairperson at the first meeting of each state fiscal year.
[Filed 7/24/98, effective 9/16/98]

[Published 8/12/98]

EDITOR'S NOTE: For replacement pages for IAC, see IAC Supplement 8/12/98.


Previous Bulletin Table of Contents Next Bulletin

Return To Home index


© 1998 Cornell College and League of Women Voters of Iowa


Comments about this site or page? lsbinfo@legis.state.ia.us.
Please remember that the person listed above does not vote on bills. Direct all comments concerning legislation to State Legislators.

Last update: Tue Aug 25 12:53:00 CDT 1998
URL: /Rules/1998/Bulletin/acb980812.html
sam